1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
59 #include "parser-defs.h"
60 #include "gdb_regex.h"
62 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
63 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "dummy-frame.h"
70 #include "thread-fsm.h"
71 #include "tid-parse.h"
73 /* readline include files */
74 #include "readline/readline.h"
75 #include "readline/history.h"
77 /* readline defines this. */
80 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
81 #include "extension.h"
84 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
85 enum exception_event_kind
92 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
94 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
96 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
98 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
100 static void disable_command (char *, int);
102 static void enable_command (char *, int);
104 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
105 void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
109 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
111 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
113 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
116 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
117 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
118 enum bptype type_wanted
);
120 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
121 struct linespec_result
*,
122 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
123 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
125 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
126 int, int, int, unsigned);
128 static void decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
129 const struct event_location
*location
,
130 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
131 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
);
133 static void clear_command (char *, int);
135 static void catch_command (char *, int);
137 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
139 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
141 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
143 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
145 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
146 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
147 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
149 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
151 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
152 struct symtab_and_line
,
154 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
156 static struct breakpoint
*
157 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
159 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
162 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
164 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
168 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
169 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
170 struct obj_section
*, int);
172 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
173 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
175 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
176 struct address_space
*aspace
,
179 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
180 struct address_space
*,
183 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
185 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
187 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
188 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
190 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
192 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
194 static void commands_command (char *, int);
196 static void condition_command (char *, int);
198 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*);
199 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, enum remove_bp_reason
);
201 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
203 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
205 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
207 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
209 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
211 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
213 int *other_type_used
);
215 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
217 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
219 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
222 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
224 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
226 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
228 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
230 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
231 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
232 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
234 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
236 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
237 insert locations now. */
238 enum ugll_insert_mode
240 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
241 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
242 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
243 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
244 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
245 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
246 returns true on them.
248 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
249 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
250 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
251 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
252 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
253 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
257 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
258 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
261 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
262 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
263 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
264 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
265 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
266 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
267 as no thread is running yet. */
271 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
273 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
275 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
277 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
279 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
281 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
283 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
285 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
287 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
289 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
291 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
293 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
295 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
298 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
300 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
301 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
302 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
303 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
305 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
306 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
308 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
309 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
311 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
312 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
314 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
316 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
318 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
319 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
321 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
322 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
324 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
325 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
326 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
327 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
328 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
329 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
331 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
332 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
333 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
334 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
340 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
342 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
343 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
344 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
345 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
347 static char *dprintf_function
;
349 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
350 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
351 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
352 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
353 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
354 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
355 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
357 static char *dprintf_channel
;
359 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
361 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
363 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
364 breakpoints share a single command list. */
365 struct counted_command_line
367 /* The reference count. */
370 /* The command list. */
371 struct command_line
*commands
;
374 struct command_line
*
375 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
377 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
380 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
381 current breakpoint. */
383 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
386 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
388 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
389 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
391 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
393 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
396 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
397 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
398 if such is available. */
399 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
402 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
403 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
406 fprintf_filtered (file
,
407 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
408 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
412 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
413 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
414 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
415 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
416 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
418 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
419 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
422 fprintf_filtered (file
,
423 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
424 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
428 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
429 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
430 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
431 use hardware breakpoints. */
432 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
434 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
435 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
438 fprintf_filtered (file
,
439 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
443 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
444 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
445 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
446 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
447 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
448 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
449 processing user input. */
450 static int always_inserted_mode
= 0;
453 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
454 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
456 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
460 /* See breakpoint.h. */
463 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
465 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
467 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
468 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
469 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
472 else if (target_has_execution
)
474 struct thread_info
*tp
;
476 if (always_inserted_mode
)
478 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
483 if (threads_are_executing ())
486 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
487 stopped, we still have events to process. */
488 ALL_NON_EXITED_THREADS (tp
)
490 && tp
->suspend
.waitstatus_pending_p
)
496 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
498 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
499 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
500 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
501 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
502 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
503 condition_evaluation_auto
,
504 condition_evaluation_host
,
505 condition_evaluation_target
,
509 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
510 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
512 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
513 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
514 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
516 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
517 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
518 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
522 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
524 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
526 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
527 return condition_evaluation_target
;
529 return condition_evaluation_host
;
535 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
538 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
540 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
543 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
547 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
549 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
551 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
554 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
556 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
557 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
559 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
560 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
562 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
563 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
565 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
566 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
567 current breakpoint. */
569 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
571 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
572 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
573 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
576 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
577 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
578 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
580 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
581 for (BP_TMP = bp_locations; \
582 BP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count && (B = *BP_TMP);\
585 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
586 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
587 to where the loop should start from.
588 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
589 appropriate location to start with. */
591 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
592 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
593 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
595 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count \
596 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
599 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
601 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
602 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
603 if (is_tracepoint (B))
605 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
607 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
609 /* Array is sorted by bp_locations_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
611 static struct bp_location
**bp_locations
;
613 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATIONS. */
615 static unsigned bp_locations_count
;
617 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
618 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
619 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
620 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
621 an address you need to read. */
623 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
;
625 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
626 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
627 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
628 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
629 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
631 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
633 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
634 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
635 reported by a target. */
636 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
638 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
640 static int breakpoint_count
;
642 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
643 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
644 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
645 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
646 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
648 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
650 static int tracepoint_count
;
652 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
653 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
654 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
656 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
659 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func
) (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *d
),
662 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
666 if (func (b
, user_data
) != 0)
673 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
675 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
677 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
680 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
683 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
685 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
686 breakpoint_count
= num
;
687 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
690 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
691 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
692 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
694 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
698 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
700 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
703 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
707 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
709 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
712 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
715 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
717 struct breakpoint
*b
;
723 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
724 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
726 static struct counted_command_line
*
727 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
729 struct counted_command_line
*result
= XNEW (struct counted_command_line
);
732 result
->commands
= commands
;
737 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
740 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
746 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
747 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
748 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
751 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
755 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
757 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
764 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
767 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
769 decref_counted_command_line ((struct counted_command_line
**) arg
);
772 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
775 static struct cleanup
*
776 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
778 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
782 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
783 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
786 get_breakpoint (int num
)
788 struct breakpoint
*b
;
791 if (b
->number
== num
)
799 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
800 evaluating conditions on its side. */
803 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
805 struct bp_location
*loc
;
807 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
808 evaluating conditions and if the user has
809 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
811 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
812 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
815 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
818 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
819 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
822 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
823 evaluating conditions on its side. */
826 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
828 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
829 evaluating conditions and if the user has
830 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
832 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
833 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
837 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
840 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
843 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
844 condition_evaluation_mode. */
847 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
848 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
850 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
852 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
853 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
855 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
856 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
857 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
861 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
862 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
864 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
865 settings was "auto". */
866 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
868 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
869 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
871 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
872 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
873 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
875 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
876 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
879 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
881 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
883 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
884 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
888 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
889 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
890 target knows about. */
891 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
892 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
893 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
897 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
903 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
904 what "auto" is translating to. */
907 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
908 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
910 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
911 fprintf_filtered (file
,
912 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
913 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
915 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
917 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
921 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
922 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
923 the more general bp_locations_compare function. */
926 bp_locations_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
928 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
929 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
931 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
934 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
937 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
938 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
939 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
942 static struct bp_location
**
943 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
945 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
946 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
947 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
949 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
950 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
951 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
953 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
954 locp_found
= ((struct bp_location
**)
955 bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
,
956 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
957 bp_locations_compare_addrs
));
959 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
960 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
963 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
964 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
965 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_locations
966 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
973 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
976 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
977 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
979 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
981 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
983 w
->cond_exp
.reset ();
987 struct bp_location
*loc
;
989 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
993 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
994 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
995 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
1002 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
1006 const char *arg
= exp
;
1008 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
1009 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
1010 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
1011 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
1013 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
1015 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
1017 innermost_block
= NULL
;
1019 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
1021 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1022 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
1026 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1028 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1032 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
1033 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
1035 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1039 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1041 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1044 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1046 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
1047 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
1048 const char *text
, const char *word
)
1052 text
= skip_spaces_const (text
);
1053 space
= skip_to_space_const (text
);
1057 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1058 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1062 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1063 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1065 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1068 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1069 len
= strlen (text
);
1075 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1077 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1078 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (number
));
1084 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1085 text
= skip_spaces_const (space
);
1086 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1089 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1092 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1094 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1099 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1102 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1104 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1107 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1109 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1110 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1111 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1112 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
1113 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
1115 if (extlang
!= NULL
)
1117 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1118 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1119 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
1121 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1123 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1124 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
1129 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1132 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1133 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1134 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1137 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1139 struct command_line
*c
;
1141 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1145 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1146 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1147 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1149 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1150 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1152 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1153 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1154 command directly. */
1155 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1156 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1158 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1159 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1163 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1166 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1168 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1169 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1170 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1174 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1176 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1179 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1180 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1184 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1185 struct command_line
*commands
)
1187 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1189 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1190 struct command_line
*c
;
1191 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1193 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1194 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1198 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1199 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1200 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1201 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1202 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1203 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1204 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1205 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1206 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1207 tracepoint's context. */
1208 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1210 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1212 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1213 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1214 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1215 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1216 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1217 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1220 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1221 "can be used only once"));
1226 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1230 struct command_line
*c2
;
1232 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1233 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1234 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1236 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1237 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1243 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1247 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1248 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1251 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1253 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1254 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1255 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1258 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1260 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1261 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1262 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1268 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1269 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1272 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1273 command_line_up
&&commands
)
1275 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
.get ());
1277 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1278 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
.release ());
1279 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1282 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1283 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1287 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1289 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1292 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1293 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1296 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1297 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1300 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1302 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1305 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1306 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1309 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1310 breakpoint work for any task. */
1313 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1315 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1318 if (old_task
!= task
)
1319 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1323 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1325 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) closure
;
1327 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1330 /* A structure used to pass information through
1331 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1333 struct commands_info
1335 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1338 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1341 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1342 already-parsed command. */
1343 struct command_line
*control
;
1345 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1347 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1350 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1351 commands_command. */
1354 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1356 struct commands_info
*info
= (struct commands_info
*) data
;
1358 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1362 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1363 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1366 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1369 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1370 "%s, one per line."),
1373 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1375 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1378 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1381 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1384 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
.release ());
1387 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1389 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1391 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1392 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1393 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1394 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1395 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1400 commands_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1401 struct command_line
*control
)
1403 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1404 struct commands_info info
;
1406 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1407 info
.control
= control
;
1409 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1410 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1411 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1413 std::string new_arg
;
1415 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1417 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1418 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1420 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1421 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1426 info
.arg
= new_arg
.c_str ();
1428 map_breakpoint_numbers (info
.arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1430 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1431 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1433 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1437 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1439 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1442 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1443 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1445 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1446 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1447 enum command_control_type
1448 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1450 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1451 return simple_control
;
1454 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1457 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1459 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1463 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1464 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1469 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1470 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1473 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1474 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1475 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1478 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1479 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1480 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1481 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1482 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1484 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1485 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1489 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1490 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1492 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1496 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1498 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1499 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1501 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1503 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1508 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1510 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1515 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1516 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1518 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1519 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1520 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1524 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1526 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1527 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1530 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1532 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1533 shadow_contents buffer. */
1534 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1535 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1536 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1538 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1540 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1541 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1545 const unsigned char *bp
;
1546 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1549 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1550 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1551 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1553 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1555 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1557 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1558 breakpoint's INSN. */
1559 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1563 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1564 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1566 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1567 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1568 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1570 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1571 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1572 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1573 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1574 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1575 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1576 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1577 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1579 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1582 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1583 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1584 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1586 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1588 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1590 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1591 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1592 report higher one. */
1595 bc_r
= bp_locations_count
;
1596 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1598 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1600 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1601 bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1603 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1604 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1605 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1606 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1608 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1609 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1610 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1612 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1614 && (bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1621 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1622 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1623 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1624 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1625 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1628 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1630 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1631 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1632 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1635 && bp_locations
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_locations
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1638 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1640 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_locations_count
; bc
++)
1642 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1644 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1645 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1646 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1649 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1652 if (bl
->address
>= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1653 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1654 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1657 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1660 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1661 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1667 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1671 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1673 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1674 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1675 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1678 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1681 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1683 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1684 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1685 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1688 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1692 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1694 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1695 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1698 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1699 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1700 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1701 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1702 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1703 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1704 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1705 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1708 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1710 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1711 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1712 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1713 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1716 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1717 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1720 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1722 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1724 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1726 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1727 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1728 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1729 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1730 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1732 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1735 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1738 static struct value
*
1739 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1741 struct value
*bit_val
;
1746 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1748 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1751 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1758 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1759 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1760 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1761 to be able to report stops. */
1764 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1765 struct program_space
*pspace
)
1767 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
);
1769 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1770 b
->loc
->pspace
= pspace
;
1771 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1772 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1775 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1776 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1779 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1781 return (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
1783 && b
->loc
->next
== NULL
1784 && b
->loc
->address
== -1
1785 && b
->loc
->length
== -1);
1788 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1789 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1790 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1791 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1793 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1795 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1796 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1799 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1800 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1801 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1802 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1803 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1804 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1805 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1806 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1808 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1809 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1810 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1811 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1812 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1813 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1814 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1815 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1818 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1819 hardware watchpoints:
1821 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1822 called several times when GDB stops.
1825 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1826 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1827 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1828 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1829 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1830 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1831 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1832 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1833 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1834 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1835 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1837 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1838 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1841 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1843 int within_current_scope
;
1844 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1847 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1848 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1849 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1850 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1853 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1858 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1859 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1860 within_current_scope
= 1;
1863 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1864 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1865 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1867 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1868 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1869 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1870 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1871 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1874 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1875 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1876 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1877 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1880 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1882 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1883 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1884 if (within_current_scope
)
1888 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1889 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1890 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1893 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1898 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1899 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1900 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1901 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1902 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1903 be completely different objects. */
1904 value_free (b
->val
);
1908 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1909 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1910 locations (re)created below. */
1911 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1913 b
->cond_exp
.reset ();
1915 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1916 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1920 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1921 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1922 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1923 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1924 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1925 if (!target_has_execution
)
1927 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1928 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1929 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1930 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1932 if (b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1933 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1935 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1936 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1939 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1942 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1943 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1945 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1947 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1948 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1949 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1950 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1951 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1953 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1955 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1957 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1965 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1967 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1968 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1970 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1971 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1972 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1973 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1974 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1975 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1976 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1978 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1980 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1981 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1982 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1984 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1985 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1988 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
1989 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1990 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
1992 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
1994 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1996 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
1997 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
1999 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
2001 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
2002 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
2003 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
2004 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
2005 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
2008 addr
= value_address (v
);
2011 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
2016 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
2018 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
2021 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
2022 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
2025 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
2027 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2028 loc
->address
= addr
;
2032 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2033 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
2036 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
2038 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
2043 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2044 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2045 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2050 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
2051 struct bp_location
*bl
;
2053 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
2057 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
2060 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2061 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2062 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
2064 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2065 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2066 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2067 this watchpoint in as well. */
2069 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2070 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2071 hardware watchpoint type. */
2072 type
= b
->base
.type
;
2073 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
2074 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
2076 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2077 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2078 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2079 through watch_command), so always account for it
2082 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2083 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
2085 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2086 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
2089 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
2090 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
2092 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
2094 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
2095 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2096 "hardware watchpoint."));
2097 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
2098 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2099 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2101 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2102 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2106 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2107 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2108 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2110 b
->base
.type
= type
;
2113 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
2115 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2116 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2117 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2119 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2120 "read/access watchpoint."));
2123 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2125 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
2126 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2127 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
2128 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2131 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
2133 next
= value_next (v
);
2138 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2139 above left it without any location set up. But,
2140 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2141 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2142 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
2143 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (&b
->base
, frame_pspace
);
2145 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2147 printf_filtered (_("\
2148 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2149 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2151 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2154 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2156 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2160 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2161 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2162 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2163 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2164 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2166 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2168 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2171 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2174 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2177 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2180 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2181 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2182 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2183 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2184 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2185 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2186 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2187 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2188 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2191 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2192 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2193 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2195 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2196 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2197 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2199 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2200 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2201 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2202 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2203 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2204 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2205 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2206 && !(bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
2207 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl
->owner
->thread
)))
2211 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2212 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2213 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2214 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2219 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2220 instruction that triggered one. */
2221 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2222 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2226 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2227 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2228 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2229 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2238 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2239 that the location is not duplicated. */
2242 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2245 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2248 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2249 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2253 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2254 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2255 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2256 any error during parsing. */
2258 static agent_expr_up
2259 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2264 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2266 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2267 that may show up. */
2270 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2273 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2275 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2276 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2277 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2281 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2285 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2286 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2287 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2288 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2289 one of them is true. */
2292 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2294 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2295 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2296 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2297 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2299 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2300 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.clear ();
2302 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2303 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2304 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2306 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2307 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2310 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2311 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2312 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2313 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2314 response back to GDB. */
2315 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2318 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2322 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2323 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2324 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2325 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2326 loc
->cond_bytecode
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2330 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2331 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2332 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2334 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2340 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2341 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2342 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2344 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2345 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2346 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2348 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2351 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2353 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2355 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2358 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
2363 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2364 for this location's address. */
2365 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2369 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2370 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2371 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2374 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2375 to send the conditions to the target. */
2376 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.push_back (loc
->cond_bytecode
.get ());
2383 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2384 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2385 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2387 static agent_expr_up
2388 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2390 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2391 struct expression
**argvec
;
2392 const char *cmdrest
;
2393 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2394 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2396 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2403 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2405 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2407 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2408 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2410 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2412 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2414 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2416 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2418 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2419 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2421 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2423 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2424 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2426 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2428 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2430 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2432 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2433 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2436 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2441 expression_up expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2442 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
.release ();
2444 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2448 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2450 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2451 that may show up. */
2454 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2455 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2456 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2458 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2460 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2461 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2462 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2466 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2468 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2472 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2473 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2474 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2477 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2479 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2480 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2481 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2482 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2484 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2485 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.clear ();
2487 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2490 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2491 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2494 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2495 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2496 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2498 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2501 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2502 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2503 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2507 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2508 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2509 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2510 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2511 response back to GDB. */
2512 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2515 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2519 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2520 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2521 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2522 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2524 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2525 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2528 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2529 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2530 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2532 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2538 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2540 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2542 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2545 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2546 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2548 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2550 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2553 loc
->cmd_bytecode
.reset ();
2558 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2559 for this location's address. */
2560 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2563 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2564 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2565 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2566 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2569 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2570 to send the commands to the target. */
2571 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.push_back (loc
->cmd_bytecode
.get ());
2575 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2576 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2577 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2578 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2581 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2582 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2583 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2587 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location
*bl
, CORE_ADDR
*addr
)
2589 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
)
2591 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (bl
->owner
->thread
);
2592 struct regcache
*regcache
;
2594 regcache
= get_thread_regcache (thr
->ptid
);
2596 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl
->gdbarch
,
2600 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl
->gdbarch
, addr
);
2603 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2604 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2605 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2606 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2609 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2610 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2612 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2613 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2614 int *disabled_breaks
,
2615 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2616 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2618 enum errors bp_err
= GDB_NO_ERROR
;
2619 const char *bp_err_message
= NULL
;
2621 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2624 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2625 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2626 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2627 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2628 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2629 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2630 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2631 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2632 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2633 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2634 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2635 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2637 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2638 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2639 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2640 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2642 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2644 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2645 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2646 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2647 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2650 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2651 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2653 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2655 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2656 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2657 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2659 Two important cases are:
2660 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2661 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2662 hardware breakpoint.
2663 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2664 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2665 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2668 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2669 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2670 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2671 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2673 struct mem_region
*mr
2674 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
);
2678 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2680 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2682 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2683 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2685 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2687 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2689 static int said
= 0;
2691 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2694 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2695 _("Note: automatically using "
2696 "hardware breakpoints for "
2697 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2702 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2703 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2705 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2706 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2707 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2708 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2710 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2716 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2717 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2718 || bl
->section
== NULL
2719 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2721 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2726 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2728 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2730 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2733 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2739 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2740 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2741 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2743 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2744 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2745 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2746 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2747 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2751 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2753 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2754 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2755 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2757 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2762 bl
->overlay_target_info
.kind
2763 = breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
2764 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2765 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2766 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2768 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2770 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2773 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2777 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2778 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2779 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2780 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2784 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2785 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2787 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2792 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2794 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2796 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2799 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2805 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2806 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2811 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2813 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2815 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2816 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2817 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2818 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2819 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2820 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2821 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2822 errors as memory errors. */
2823 if ((bp_err
== GENERIC_ERROR
|| bp_err
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2824 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2825 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2826 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2829 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2830 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2831 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2832 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2834 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2835 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2837 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2838 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2839 "library breakpoints:\n");
2841 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2842 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2843 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2848 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2850 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2851 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_err_message
!= NULL
;
2852 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2853 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2854 bl
->owner
->number
, bp_err_message
? ":" : ".\n");
2855 if (bp_err_message
!= NULL
)
2856 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", bp_err_message
);
2860 if (bp_err_message
== NULL
)
2863 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2864 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2865 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
2867 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2868 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2870 bl
->owner
->number
, message
);
2871 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2875 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2876 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2891 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2892 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2893 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2894 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2898 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2899 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2901 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2903 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2904 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2905 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2907 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2909 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2910 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2912 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2914 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2915 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2919 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2920 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2927 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2928 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2931 /* Back to the original value. */
2932 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2936 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2939 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2943 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2944 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2946 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2949 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2953 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2954 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2956 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2959 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2961 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2962 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2963 so just return success. */
2970 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2971 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2975 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2977 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2978 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2980 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2981 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2983 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2984 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2987 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2988 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2989 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2991 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2993 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2995 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2996 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2997 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2999 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
3000 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
3002 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
3008 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
3009 removed locations above. */
3010 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
3013 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
3014 Throws exception on any error.
3015 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
3016 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
3018 insert_breakpoints (void)
3020 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3022 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3023 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3025 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
3027 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
3030 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
3031 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
3032 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
3033 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
3036 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
3039 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
3041 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
3043 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
3045 callback (loc
, NULL
);
3049 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3050 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3051 always-inserted mode. */
3054 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3056 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3059 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3060 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3061 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
3063 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
3065 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3066 there was an error. */
3067 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
3069 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
3071 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3073 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3075 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
3078 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3079 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3080 deletion of breakpoints. */
3081 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3084 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3086 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3087 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3088 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3089 insert breakpoints. */
3090 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3091 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3094 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3095 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
3102 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3103 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3106 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3109 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3112 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3114 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3115 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3118 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3119 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3120 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
3122 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
3124 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3125 there was an error. */
3126 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
3128 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
3130 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3132 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3135 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3136 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3137 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3138 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
3139 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
3142 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3144 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3145 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3146 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3147 insert breakpoints. */
3148 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3149 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3152 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3153 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
3158 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3159 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3160 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3162 int some_failed
= 0;
3163 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3165 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3168 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3171 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3174 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3175 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3182 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3184 remove_breakpoint (loc
);
3186 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3187 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert "
3188 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3196 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3197 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3198 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3200 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3201 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3203 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3204 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3207 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3210 /* Used when the program stops.
3211 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3212 removing a breakpoint location. */
3215 remove_breakpoints (void)
3217 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3220 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3222 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3223 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3228 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3232 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3234 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3236 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3238 if (b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3240 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3242 printf_filtered (_("\
3243 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3244 b
->number
, print_thread_id (tp
));
3246 /* Hide it from the user. */
3252 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3255 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
3257 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3259 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3261 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3263 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3266 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3268 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3277 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
3279 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3280 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3282 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
3283 struct inferior
*inf
;
3284 struct thread_info
*tp
;
3286 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
3290 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3291 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3293 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
3295 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
3297 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3299 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3305 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
3308 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3313 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3317 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3319 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3320 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3321 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3322 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3323 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3324 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3326 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3329 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3332 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3333 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3337 static struct breakpoint
*
3338 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3339 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3340 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3342 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3343 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3345 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3348 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3349 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3351 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3352 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3353 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3358 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3360 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3362 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3364 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3365 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3367 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3368 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
;
3370 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3371 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3373 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3374 int longjmp_searched
;
3376 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3377 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3379 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3380 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
;
3382 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3383 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
;
3385 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3386 int exception_searched
;
3388 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3389 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3392 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3394 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3395 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3397 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3400 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3402 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3405 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3406 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3408 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3409 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3411 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3413 bp_objfile_data
= ((struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*)
3414 objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
));
3415 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3418 XOBNEW (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
, struct breakpoint_objfile_data
);
3420 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3421 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3423 return bp_objfile_data
;
3427 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3429 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3430 = (struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*) data
;
3432 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3433 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3437 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3439 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3440 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3442 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3444 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3445 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3447 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3449 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3451 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3454 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3456 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3458 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3459 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3461 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3462 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3465 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3468 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3469 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3471 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3472 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3473 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3474 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3476 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3478 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3479 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3483 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3484 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3490 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3492 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3493 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3495 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3497 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3499 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3501 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3503 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3506 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3507 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3509 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3511 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3513 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3517 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3520 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3521 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3523 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3525 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3526 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3527 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3531 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3532 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3535 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3538 struct probe
*probe
;
3539 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3542 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3543 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3547 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3549 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3550 get_probe_address (probe
,
3553 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3554 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3555 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3561 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3564 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3566 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3567 const char *func_name
;
3569 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3571 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3574 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3575 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3577 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3579 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3580 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3582 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3583 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3586 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3589 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3590 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3591 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3592 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3593 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3594 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3595 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3600 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3603 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3605 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3607 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3608 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3609 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3611 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3613 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3615 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3618 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3620 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3622 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3623 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3624 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3626 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3628 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3631 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3633 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3635 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3636 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3637 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3639 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3640 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3643 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3646 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3647 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3648 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3649 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3650 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3651 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3652 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3653 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3657 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3660 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3663 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3665 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3666 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3668 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3670 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3671 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3672 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3674 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3676 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3678 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3679 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3683 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3687 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3688 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3690 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3692 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3693 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3694 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3698 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3699 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3702 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3704 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3706 struct probe
*probe
;
3709 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3710 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3714 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3716 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3717 get_probe_address (probe
,
3719 bp_exception_master
,
3720 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3721 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3722 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3728 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3730 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3733 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3735 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3737 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3739 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3740 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3742 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3746 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3749 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3750 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3752 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3753 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3754 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3755 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3756 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3757 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3761 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3764 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
3766 return b
->location
!= NULL
&& event_location_empty_p (b
->location
.get ());
3770 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3772 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3773 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3775 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3776 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3777 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3778 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3779 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3780 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3781 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3782 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3783 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3784 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3785 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3787 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3789 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3792 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3793 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3795 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3799 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3800 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3802 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3806 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3807 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3808 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3809 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3810 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3812 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3816 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3817 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3819 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3823 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3824 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3826 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3830 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3832 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3833 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3834 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3836 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3840 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3842 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3843 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3844 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3845 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3849 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3850 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3851 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3852 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3853 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3854 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3856 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3857 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3858 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3859 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3860 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3861 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3862 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3864 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3865 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3866 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3867 let finish_command delete it.
3869 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3870 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3871 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3872 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3873 solib breakpoints.) */
3875 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3880 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3881 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3883 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
3885 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3892 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3894 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3896 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3897 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3899 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid
) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
))
3900 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3902 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3903 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3904 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3906 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3909 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3910 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3911 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3912 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3913 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3914 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3915 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3919 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3922 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3926 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3927 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3928 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3929 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3930 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3933 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
3937 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3938 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3940 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3941 This should not ever happen. */
3942 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3944 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3945 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3947 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3948 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3949 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3951 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3952 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3953 || bl
->section
== NULL
3954 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3956 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3958 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3959 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3960 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3961 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3962 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3963 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3964 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3965 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3966 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3967 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3968 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3969 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3970 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3971 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3972 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3973 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3974 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3975 they should always be removed. */
3976 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3977 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3978 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3981 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3985 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3986 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3987 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3989 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3990 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3992 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3993 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3994 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3995 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3996 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3998 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3999 &bl
->overlay_target_info
,
4002 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
4003 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
4006 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
4007 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
4008 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
4009 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
4011 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
4012 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
4013 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
4014 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
4015 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4016 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
4022 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
4027 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
4028 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
4029 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
4030 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
4031 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
4032 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
4033 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
4034 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
4035 always-inserted mode. */
4037 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4038 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
4039 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
4040 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
4046 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
4048 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
4050 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4051 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4053 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
4054 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
4056 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4057 if (reason
== REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
&& bl
->inserted
)
4058 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4061 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4062 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4065 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4066 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4068 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
4072 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
4079 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
4082 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4084 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4085 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
4087 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4088 This should not ever happen. */
4089 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
4091 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
4093 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
4095 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
);
4097 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4101 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4104 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4106 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4108 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4109 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
4113 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4114 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4116 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4119 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4120 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4121 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4126 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
4128 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
4129 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4131 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
4133 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4135 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4138 mark_breakpoints_out ();
4140 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
4142 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
4148 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
4150 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4151 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4154 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4156 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4158 case bp_shlib_event
:
4160 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4161 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4162 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4163 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4164 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4166 (gdb) file prog-linux
4167 (gdb) run # native linux target
4170 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4171 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4174 case bp_step_resume
:
4176 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4178 case bp_single_step
:
4180 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4182 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4186 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4187 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4188 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4190 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4192 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4193 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
4194 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4197 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
4198 valid. New ones will be created in
4199 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
4200 The next update_global_location_list call will
4201 garbage collect them. */
4204 if (context
== inf_starting
)
4206 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4207 insert_breakpoints. */
4209 value_free (w
->val
);
4221 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4222 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
4223 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4224 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
4227 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4228 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4229 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4230 match, not program space. */
4232 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4233 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4234 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4235 permanent breakpoint.
4236 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4237 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4238 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4239 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4240 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4242 enum breakpoint_here
4243 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4245 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4246 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4248 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4250 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4251 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4254 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4255 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4257 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4259 if (overlay_debugging
4260 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4261 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4262 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4263 else if (bl
->permanent
)
4264 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4266 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4270 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
4273 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4276 breakpoint_in_range_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4277 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4279 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4281 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4283 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4284 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4287 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4289 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
4292 if (overlay_debugging
4293 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4294 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4296 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4307 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4310 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4312 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4315 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4316 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4322 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4326 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4327 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4330 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4333 if (overlay_debugging
4334 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4335 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4336 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4343 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4346 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4348 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4350 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4352 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4354 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4355 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4358 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4364 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4368 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4371 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4373 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4375 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4377 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4380 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4387 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4390 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4393 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4395 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4397 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4399 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4402 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4410 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4411 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4413 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4415 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4417 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4419 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4420 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4423 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4426 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4427 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4431 /* Check for intersection. */
4432 l
= std::max
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
, addr
);
4433 h
= std::min
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4442 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4446 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4448 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4451 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4455 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4457 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4458 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4459 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4460 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4464 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4465 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4468 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4485 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4486 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4489 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4493 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4498 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4500 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4501 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4502 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4503 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4504 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4506 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4507 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4511 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4521 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4524 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4529 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4531 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4537 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4540 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4542 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4544 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4546 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4548 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4553 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4562 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4563 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4564 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4565 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4567 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4568 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4570 Return 1 otherwise. */
4573 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4575 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4578 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4580 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4581 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4582 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4583 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4584 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4586 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4588 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4592 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4595 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4597 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4600 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4603 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4607 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4609 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4611 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4613 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4619 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4622 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4624 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4626 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4628 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4629 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4630 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4631 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4632 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4636 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4639 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4642 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4644 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4647 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4648 or its equivalent. */
4651 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4653 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4656 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4657 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4658 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4659 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4661 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4662 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4663 bpstat of the current thread. */
4666 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4669 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4672 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4674 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4677 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4678 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4680 scoped_restore preventer
= prevent_dont_repeat ();
4682 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4685 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4686 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4688 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4689 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4690 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4692 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4694 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4695 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4696 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4697 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4698 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4699 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4700 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4701 the tree when we're done. */
4702 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4703 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4704 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4705 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4706 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4708 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4714 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4716 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4722 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4723 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4725 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4727 if (current_ui
->async
)
4728 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4729 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4730 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4733 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4734 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4735 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4736 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4737 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4738 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4739 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4740 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4741 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4742 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4743 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4744 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4745 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4750 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4755 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4757 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4759 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4760 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4761 && target_has_execution
4762 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4763 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4764 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4765 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4766 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4767 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4768 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4771 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4774 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4777 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4780 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4783 struct value_print_options opts
;
4784 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4785 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4789 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4790 debugging multiple threads. */
4793 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*uiout
)
4795 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4800 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4803 struct thread_info
*thr
= inferior_thread ();
4805 uiout
->text ("Thread ");
4806 uiout
->field_fmt ("thread-id", "%s", print_thread_id (thr
));
4808 name
= thr
->name
!= NULL
? thr
->name
: target_thread_name (thr
);
4811 uiout
->text (" \"");
4812 uiout
->field_fmt ("name", "%s", name
);
4816 uiout
->text (" hit ");
4820 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4821 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4822 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4823 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4826 static enum print_stop_action
4827 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4829 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4832 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4833 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4837 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4838 relevant messages. */
4839 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4842 case print_it_normal
:
4844 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4846 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4847 which has since been deleted. */
4849 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4851 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4852 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4857 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4858 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4863 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4866 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4869 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4871 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4875 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4876 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4878 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4879 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4882 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4883 current_uiout
->field_string ("reason",
4884 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4888 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4892 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4893 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4896 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4901 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4902 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", name
);
4903 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4906 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4911 struct so_list
*iter
;
4913 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4915 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4916 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4919 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4924 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4925 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", iter
->so_name
);
4926 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4929 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4933 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4934 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4935 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4936 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4937 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4938 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4939 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4942 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4943 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4944 code to print the location. An example is
4945 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4947 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4948 to also print the location part of the message.
4949 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4950 don't require a location appended to the end.
4951 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4952 further info to be printed. */
4954 enum print_stop_action
4955 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4957 enum print_stop_action val
;
4959 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4960 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4961 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4962 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4963 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4965 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4966 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4967 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4968 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4972 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4973 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4974 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4975 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4977 print_solib_event (0);
4978 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4981 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4982 with and nothing was printed. */
4983 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4986 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4987 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4988 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4989 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4990 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4991 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4994 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4996 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4997 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4999 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5003 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
5006 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
5010 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
5012 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
5013 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
5014 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
5015 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
5016 incref_bp_location (bl
);
5017 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
5018 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
5020 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
5024 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
5025 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
5028 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5030 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
5032 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5034 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
5036 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
5037 as not triggered. */
5039 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5041 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5043 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5049 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
5051 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
5052 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
5054 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5056 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5058 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
5064 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
5065 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
5069 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5071 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5072 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5074 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5075 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
5077 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
5079 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5080 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5082 if (newaddr
== start
)
5084 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5088 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
5089 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
5093 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5102 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
5103 because of check_errors). */
5104 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
5105 #define WP_DELETED 1
5106 /* The value has changed. */
5107 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
5108 /* The value has not changed. */
5109 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
5110 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
5113 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
5114 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
5116 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
5119 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
5120 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
5123 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
5125 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
5126 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5127 struct frame_info
*fr
;
5128 int within_current_scope
;
5130 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
5131 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
5132 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5134 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
5135 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
5136 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
5137 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
5140 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5141 within_current_scope
= 1;
5144 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
5145 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5146 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
5148 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5149 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5150 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5151 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5152 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5153 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5154 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5155 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5156 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5157 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
5160 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
5161 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
5163 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5164 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5165 if (within_current_scope
)
5167 struct symbol
*function
;
5169 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
5170 if (function
== NULL
5171 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
5172 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
5173 within_current_scope
= 0;
5176 if (within_current_scope
)
5177 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5178 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5183 if (within_current_scope
)
5185 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5186 time before we return to the command level and call
5187 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5188 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5192 struct value
*new_val
;
5194 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
5195 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5196 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5197 a mask watchpoint. */
5198 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5200 mark
= value_mark ();
5201 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
5203 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
5204 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
5206 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5207 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5208 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5209 not what we want. */
5210 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
5211 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
5213 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
5215 release_value (new_val
);
5216 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5218 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
5221 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5225 /* Nothing changed. */
5226 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5227 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
5232 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5233 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5234 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5235 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5236 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5237 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5238 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5239 the first value assigned). */
5240 /* We print all the stop information in
5241 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5242 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5243 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5246 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5248 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5250 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
5252 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
5253 uiout
->text ("\nWatchpoint ");
5254 uiout
->field_int ("wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
5255 uiout
->text (" deleted because the program has left the block in\n"
5256 "which its expression is valid.\n");
5259 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5260 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
5261 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5267 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5268 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5269 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5272 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5273 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5274 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5276 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5278 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5279 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5281 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5284 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5285 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5288 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
5290 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5291 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5293 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5294 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5295 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5296 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5297 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5300 int must_check_value
= 0;
5302 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5303 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5305 must_check_value
= 1;
5306 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5307 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5308 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5310 must_check_value
= 1;
5311 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5312 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5313 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5314 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5315 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5316 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5317 must_check_value
= 1;
5319 if (must_check_value
)
5322 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5324 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
5325 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
5327 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
5331 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5332 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5336 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5339 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5340 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5342 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5344 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5345 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5346 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5347 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5348 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5349 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5350 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5353 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5354 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5357 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5358 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5359 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5360 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5362 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5363 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5364 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5367 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5368 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5369 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5370 changes. This still gives false positives when
5371 the program writes the same value to memory as
5372 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5373 it for a read), but it's much better than
5376 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5378 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5380 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5382 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5383 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5384 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5386 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5387 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5389 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5390 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5392 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5398 if (other_write_watchpoint
5399 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5401 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5402 and the value changed since the last time we
5403 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5405 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5410 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5411 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5412 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5414 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5415 the value hasn't changed. */
5416 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5424 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5426 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5428 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5431 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5432 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5433 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5438 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5440 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5441 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5442 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5443 anything for this watchpoint. */
5444 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5450 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5451 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5452 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5453 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5456 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5458 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5459 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5460 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5461 struct expression
*cond
;
5463 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5465 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5466 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5467 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5468 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5469 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5471 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5472 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5473 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5475 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5476 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5482 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5483 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5485 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= ptid_to_global_thread_id (ptid
))
5486 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (ptid
)))
5493 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5495 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5497 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5499 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5501 cond
= w
->cond_exp
.get ();
5504 cond
= bl
->cond
.get ();
5506 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5508 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5509 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5511 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5512 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5513 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5514 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5516 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5518 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5519 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5523 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5524 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5525 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5526 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5527 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5529 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5530 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5533 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5535 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5536 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5537 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5538 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5539 really matter which instantiation of the function
5540 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5541 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5542 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5543 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5544 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5545 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5546 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5547 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5549 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5551 select_frame (frame
);
5553 within_current_scope
= 0;
5555 if (within_current_scope
)
5557 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5558 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5562 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5563 "in the current scope"));
5564 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5565 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5568 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5569 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5572 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5576 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5580 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5582 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5586 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5587 on the current target. */
5590 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5592 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5593 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5594 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5595 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5599 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5600 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5602 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5603 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5606 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5608 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5610 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5611 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5612 several reasons concurrently.)
5614 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5615 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5618 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5619 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5620 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5622 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5623 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5624 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5625 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5626 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5627 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5630 int need_remove_insert
;
5633 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5634 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5635 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5636 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5637 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5638 inferior function calls. */
5642 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5645 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5647 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5648 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5649 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5650 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5651 checked all locations already. */
5652 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5655 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5658 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5661 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5664 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5667 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5668 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5669 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5673 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5674 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5675 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5677 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5679 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5681 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5686 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5687 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5688 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5690 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5692 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5693 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5695 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5696 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5699 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5704 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5705 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5706 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5708 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5710 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5712 handle_solib_event ();
5717 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5718 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5719 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5723 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5728 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5729 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5732 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5737 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5739 /* We will stop here. */
5740 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5742 --(b
->enable_count
);
5743 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5744 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5749 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5750 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5751 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5752 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5755 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5760 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5762 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5763 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5766 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5767 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5768 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5770 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5771 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5772 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5774 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5775 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5777 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5779 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5780 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5783 if (need_remove_insert
)
5784 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5785 else if (removed_any
)
5786 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5792 handle_jit_event (void)
5794 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5795 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5798 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5800 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5801 breakpoint_re_set. */
5802 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5804 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5805 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5807 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5809 target_terminal_inferior ();
5812 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5814 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5817 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5819 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5822 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5823 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5824 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5826 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5828 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5829 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5830 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5833 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5835 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5836 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5840 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5847 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5848 case bp_single_step
:
5851 case bp_shlib_event
:
5855 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5857 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5860 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5863 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5864 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5865 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5869 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5871 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5875 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5876 This requires no further action. */
5880 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5884 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5885 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5888 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5890 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5891 case bp_exception_resume
:
5894 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5895 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5898 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5900 case bp_step_resume
:
5902 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5905 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5906 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5909 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5911 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5914 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5915 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5918 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5919 case bp_thread_event
:
5920 case bp_overlay_event
:
5921 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5922 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5923 case bp_exception_master
:
5924 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5930 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5932 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5936 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5937 This requires no further action. */
5941 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5944 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5945 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5946 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5947 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5949 case bp_std_terminate
:
5950 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5951 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5952 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5953 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5956 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5957 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5958 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5959 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5961 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5962 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5964 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5965 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5966 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5968 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5969 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5970 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5971 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5976 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5978 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5982 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5983 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5986 retval
.main_action
= std::max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5993 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head
)
5997 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5999 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
6006 handle_jit_event ();
6008 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6009 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
6011 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6012 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
6018 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
6019 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
6020 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
6023 bpstat_should_step (void)
6025 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6028 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
6034 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
6036 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
6045 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
6046 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
6047 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
6050 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
6052 static char wrap_indent
[80];
6053 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
6057 for (i
= 1; uiout
->query_table_field (i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
6059 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
6061 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
6062 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
6063 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
6068 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
6074 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
6075 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
6077 "host": Host evals condition.
6078 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
6079 "target": Target evals condition.
6083 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6085 struct bp_location
*bl
;
6086 char host_evals
= 0;
6087 char target_evals
= 0;
6092 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
6095 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6096 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6097 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6099 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6101 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6107 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
6108 return condition_evaluation_both
;
6109 else if (target_evals
)
6110 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6112 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6115 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
6116 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
6119 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6121 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
6124 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6125 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6126 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6128 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6129 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6131 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6134 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
6137 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6138 struct bp_location
*loc
)
6140 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6141 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
6143 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6147 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
6149 if (b
->display_canonical
)
6150 uiout
->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6151 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
6154 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
6157 uiout
->text ("in ");
6158 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
6160 uiout
->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
6161 uiout
->text ("at ");
6163 uiout
->field_string ("file",
6164 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
6167 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6168 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
6170 uiout
->field_int ("line", loc
->line_number
);
6176 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, &stb
,
6178 uiout
->field_stream ("at", stb
);
6182 uiout
->field_string ("pending",
6183 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6184 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
6185 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
6186 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
6187 if (!uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
6189 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
6193 uiout
->text (b
->extra_string
);
6197 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
6198 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6199 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
6202 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6203 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
6207 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6211 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
6213 struct ep_type_description
6216 const char *description
;
6218 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
6220 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
6221 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
6222 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
6223 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
6224 {bp_until
, "until"},
6225 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
6226 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
6227 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
6228 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
6229 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
6230 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
6231 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
6232 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6233 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
6234 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
6235 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
6236 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
6237 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
6238 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
6239 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
6240 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
6241 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
6242 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
6243 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
6244 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
6245 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
6246 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
6247 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
6248 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
6249 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
6250 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
6251 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
6252 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6253 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6256 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
6257 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
6258 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6259 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6262 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6265 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6266 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6269 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6270 const char *field_name
,
6274 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
6275 int is_mi
= uiout
->is_mi_like_p ();
6279 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6280 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6281 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6284 back_to
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout
, field_name
);
6286 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
6292 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
6293 uiout
->field_string (NULL
, mi_group
);
6298 uiout
->text (" inf ");
6302 uiout
->text (plongest (inf
));
6306 do_cleanups (back_to
);
6309 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6312 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6313 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6315 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6318 struct command_line
*l
;
6319 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6321 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6322 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6323 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6324 struct value_print_options opts
;
6326 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6328 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6329 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6330 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6333 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6334 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6342 if (part_of_multiple
)
6345 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6346 uiout
->field_string ("number", formatted
);
6351 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
6356 if (part_of_multiple
)
6357 uiout
->field_skip ("type");
6359 uiout
->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6363 if (part_of_multiple
)
6364 uiout
->field_skip ("disp");
6366 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6371 if (part_of_multiple
)
6372 uiout
->field_string ("enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6374 uiout
->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6379 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6381 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6382 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6383 make sure there's just one location. */
6384 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6385 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6391 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6392 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6396 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6397 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6398 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6400 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6402 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6403 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6404 is relatively readable). */
6405 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6406 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
6408 uiout
->field_string ("what", w
->exp_string
);
6413 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6414 case bp_single_step
:
6418 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6419 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6421 case bp_exception_resume
:
6422 case bp_step_resume
:
6423 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6424 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6426 case bp_std_terminate
:
6427 case bp_shlib_event
:
6428 case bp_thread_event
:
6429 case bp_overlay_event
:
6430 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6431 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6432 case bp_exception_master
:
6434 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6435 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6438 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6439 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6440 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6443 if (header_of_multiple
)
6444 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6445 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6446 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>");
6448 uiout
->field_core_addr ("addr",
6449 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6452 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6453 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6460 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6462 struct inferior
*inf
;
6463 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6468 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6469 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6472 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6473 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6475 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6476 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6477 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6478 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6479 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6480 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6482 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6483 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6486 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6488 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6490 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6491 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6492 uiout
->text (" thread ");
6493 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6495 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6497 uiout
->text (" task ");
6498 uiout
->field_int ("task", b
->task
);
6504 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6505 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6507 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6510 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6511 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6513 uiout
->field_core_addr ("frame",
6514 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6518 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6521 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6522 uiout
->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6524 uiout
->text ("\tstop only if ");
6525 uiout
->field_string ("cond", b
->cond_string
);
6527 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6528 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6529 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6530 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6531 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6534 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6535 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6536 uiout
->text (" evals)");
6541 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6543 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6544 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6545 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6546 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6549 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (b
->thread
);
6551 uiout
->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr
));
6556 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6560 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6561 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6562 uiout
->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6563 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6564 uiout
->text ("\ttracepoint");
6566 uiout
->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6567 uiout
->text (" already hit ");
6568 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6569 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6570 uiout
->text (" time\n");
6572 uiout
->text (" times\n");
6576 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6577 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6578 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6582 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6585 uiout
->text ("\tignore next ");
6586 uiout
->field_int ("ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6587 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6590 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6591 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6592 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6593 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6596 uiout
->text ("\tdisable after ");
6597 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6598 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6599 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6600 uiout
->text ("additional ");
6602 uiout
->text ("next ");
6603 uiout
->field_int ("enable", b
->enable_count
);
6604 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6607 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6609 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6611 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6613 uiout
->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6614 uiout
->field_int ("traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6615 uiout
->text (" bytes\n");
6619 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6620 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6623 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "script");
6624 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6627 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6629 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6631 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6633 annotate_field (10);
6634 uiout
->text ("\tpass count ");
6635 uiout
->field_int ("pass", t
->pass_count
);
6636 uiout
->text (" \n");
6639 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6641 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6643 annotate_field (11);
6645 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6646 uiout
->field_string ("installed",
6647 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6653 uiout
->text ("\tnot ");
6654 uiout
->text ("installed on target\n");
6659 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple
)
6661 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6663 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6665 uiout
->field_string ("original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6667 else if (b
->location
!= NULL
6668 && event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()) != NULL
)
6669 uiout
->field_string ("original-location",
6670 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6675 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6676 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6679 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6682 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "bkpt");
6684 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6687 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6688 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6689 locations, if any. */
6690 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6692 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6693 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6694 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6697 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6698 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6700 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6701 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6703 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6706 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6708 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, NULL
);
6709 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6716 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6718 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6719 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6721 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6722 address to print. */
6723 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b
))
6726 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6730 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6731 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6732 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6735 return print_address_bits
;
6738 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6744 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6746 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
6747 = (struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*) data
;
6748 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6749 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6753 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6755 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6763 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6764 char **error_message
)
6766 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6769 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6771 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6772 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6778 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6779 internal or momentary. */
6782 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6784 return b
->number
> 0;
6787 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6790 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6792 return b
->loc
== NULL
;
6795 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6796 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6797 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6798 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6799 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6800 breakpoints listed. */
6803 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6804 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6806 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6807 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6808 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6809 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6810 struct value_print_options opts
;
6811 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6812 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6813 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6815 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6817 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6818 required for address fields. */
6819 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6822 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6823 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6826 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6827 accept. Skip the others. */
6828 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6830 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6832 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6836 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6838 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6840 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6841 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6842 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6844 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6845 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6846 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6848 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6852 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6854 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6855 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6859 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6860 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6863 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6864 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6865 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6867 uiout
->table_header (7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6868 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6870 uiout
->table_header (print_type_col_width
, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6871 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6873 uiout
->table_header (4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6874 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6876 uiout
->table_header (3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6877 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6879 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6881 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6882 uiout
->table_header (10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6884 uiout
->table_header (18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6886 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6888 uiout
->table_header (40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6889 uiout
->table_body ();
6890 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6891 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6896 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6897 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6900 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6901 accept. Skip the others. */
6903 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6905 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6907 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6910 else /* all others */
6912 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6916 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6918 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6919 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6922 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6924 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6926 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6930 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6931 uiout
->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6933 uiout
->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6939 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6940 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6943 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6944 there have been breakpoints? */
6945 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6947 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6950 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6951 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6954 default_collect_info (void)
6956 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6958 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6959 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6961 if (!*default_collect
)
6964 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6966 uiout
->text ("default collect ");
6967 uiout
->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect
);
6968 uiout
->text (" \n");
6972 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6974 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6976 default_collect_info ();
6980 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6982 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6983 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6985 if (num_printed
== 0)
6987 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6988 uiout
->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6990 uiout
->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6995 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6997 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6999 default_collect_info ();
7003 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7004 struct program_space
*pspace
,
7005 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
7007 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
7009 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7011 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
7012 && bl
->address
== pc
7013 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
7019 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
7020 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
7024 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7025 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
7026 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
7029 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7032 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
7033 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
7037 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
7038 else /* if (others == ???) */
7039 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
7041 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
7044 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
7045 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
7046 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
7047 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
7048 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
7049 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
7050 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
7051 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
7055 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
7057 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
7058 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
7059 printf_filtered (".\n");
7064 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
7065 BPT locations. For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members
7066 are irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to other
7067 addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
7069 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
7070 always have a zero valued location address and we don't want to mark
7071 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
7072 breakpoint location at address zero:
7080 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7082 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
7084 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
7087 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
7088 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
7091 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7092 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7094 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
7095 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
7097 /* Both of them must exist. */
7098 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
7099 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
7101 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
7102 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
7103 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
7104 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
7105 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
7106 other watchpoint. */
7108 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
7110 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
7111 w1
->cond_exp
.get ()))
7113 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
7115 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
7116 w2
->cond_exp
.get ())))
7119 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
7120 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
7121 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
7122 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
7123 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
7124 become hw_access locations later. */
7125 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
7126 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
7127 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
7128 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7131 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7134 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7135 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
7137 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7138 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7142 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
7143 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
7144 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
7145 space doesn't really matter. */
7148 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7149 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
7152 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7153 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7154 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
7157 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
7158 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
7159 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
7160 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
7163 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7164 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7167 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
7170 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
7171 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
7175 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
7176 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
7177 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
7178 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
7179 doesn't really matter. */
7182 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7183 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7184 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
7186 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7187 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
7189 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
7191 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
7197 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
7198 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
7199 true, otherwise returns false. */
7202 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7203 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7205 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7206 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
7207 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
7208 different locations. */
7209 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
7214 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7215 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
7216 represent the same location. */
7219 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7220 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7222 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
7224 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7225 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
7226 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
7228 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
7229 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
7231 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
7234 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7235 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7236 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7238 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7239 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
7240 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
7241 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7245 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
7246 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
7248 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7249 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7253 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
7254 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
7256 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7257 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
7259 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
7262 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7263 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7264 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7265 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7268 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7269 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
7271 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
7273 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7276 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
7277 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
7278 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
7279 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
7280 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
7282 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7283 have their addresses modified. */
7286 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
7288 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7289 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7290 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7291 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7292 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7293 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7298 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
7300 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7301 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7302 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
7304 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7305 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7307 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7308 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
7310 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7315 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
7316 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
7318 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
7320 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7324 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7325 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7328 switch (owner
->type
)
7331 case bp_single_step
:
7335 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7336 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7338 case bp_exception_resume
:
7339 case bp_step_resume
:
7340 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7341 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7343 case bp_std_terminate
:
7344 case bp_shlib_event
:
7345 case bp_thread_event
:
7346 case bp_overlay_event
:
7348 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7349 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7350 case bp_exception_master
:
7351 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7352 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7354 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7355 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7357 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7358 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7359 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7361 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7362 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7363 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7364 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7369 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7370 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7371 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7374 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7380 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7382 static struct bp_location
*
7383 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7385 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7389 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7391 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
7395 /* Increment reference count. */
7398 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7403 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7404 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7407 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7409 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7411 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7412 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7416 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7419 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7421 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7423 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7424 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7426 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7428 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
7437 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7440 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7441 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7443 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7445 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
7447 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7451 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7452 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7453 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7455 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7458 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
7460 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
7461 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
7462 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
7463 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7467 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7468 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7470 static struct breakpoint
*
7471 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7473 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7475 struct breakpoint
*b
= new breakpoint ();
7477 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7478 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7482 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7483 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7487 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7489 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7491 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7492 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7493 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7496 const char *function_name
;
7497 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7499 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7500 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7502 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7504 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7506 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7507 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7508 &loc
->requested_address
))
7510 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7511 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7512 loc
->requested_address
,
7515 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7516 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7518 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7519 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7520 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7521 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7523 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7528 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7532 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7534 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7537 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7539 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
));
7544 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7545 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7546 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7548 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7549 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7550 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7553 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7554 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7555 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7557 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7559 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7561 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7562 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7564 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7565 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7567 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7568 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7571 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7572 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7573 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7574 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7575 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7576 is also returned as the value of this function.
7578 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7579 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7580 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7581 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7582 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7583 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7584 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7587 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7588 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7589 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7591 struct breakpoint
*b
= new breakpoint ();
7593 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7594 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7598 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7599 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7600 initiated the operation. */
7603 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7605 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7606 int thread
= tp
->global_num
;
7608 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7609 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7610 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7611 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7612 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7613 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7614 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7615 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7617 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7618 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7620 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7621 after their removal. */
7622 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7623 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7624 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7627 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7630 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7632 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7634 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7636 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7637 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7639 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7640 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7645 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7647 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7649 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7650 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7652 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7653 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7657 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7658 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7659 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7663 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7665 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7668 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7670 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7672 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7673 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7675 new_b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7677 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7679 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7682 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7683 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7684 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7685 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7691 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7692 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7695 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7696 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7700 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7702 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7704 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7705 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
)
7707 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7709 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7710 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7711 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7712 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7715 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
->ptid
);
7717 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7719 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7720 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7721 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7723 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7728 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7730 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7733 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7735 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7736 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7737 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7742 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7744 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7747 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7749 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7750 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7751 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7755 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7756 master breakpoint. */
7758 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7760 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7762 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7763 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7764 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7766 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7767 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7771 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7773 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7775 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7777 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7778 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7779 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7783 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7785 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7787 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7788 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7790 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7791 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7792 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
7794 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7799 struct lang_and_radix
7805 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7808 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7810 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7811 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7814 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7817 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7819 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7821 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7822 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7823 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7824 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7828 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7830 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7832 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7833 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7834 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7835 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7838 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7841 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7843 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7845 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7846 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7847 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7848 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7851 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7852 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7853 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7855 static struct breakpoint
*
7856 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7857 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7859 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7861 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7862 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7863 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7868 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7870 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7873 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7876 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7878 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7880 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7882 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7883 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7885 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7891 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7892 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7895 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7897 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7899 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7901 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7902 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7904 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7905 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7906 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7907 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7908 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7909 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7910 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7911 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7912 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7913 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7914 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7915 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7918 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7923 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7924 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7925 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7928 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7930 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7931 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7933 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7935 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7936 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7938 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7939 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7940 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7941 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7942 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7943 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7944 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7945 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7946 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7948 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7949 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7950 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7951 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7954 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7955 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7957 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7959 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7960 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7961 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7964 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7969 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7970 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7971 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7974 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7976 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7978 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7981 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7982 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7983 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7984 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7985 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7986 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7987 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7988 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7989 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7990 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7992 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7993 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7998 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7999 int bp_modified
= 0;
8001 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
8004 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8006 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
8008 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
8009 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
8012 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
8015 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
8018 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
8019 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
8022 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
8024 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
8025 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
8026 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
8027 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
8028 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
8031 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
8038 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
8042 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
8044 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
8045 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
8046 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
8047 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8048 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8050 struct fork_catchpoint
8052 /* The base class. */
8053 struct breakpoint base
;
8055 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
8056 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
8057 catchpoint has triggered. */
8058 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
8061 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8065 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8067 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8070 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8074 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8076 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8079 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8083 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8084 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8085 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8087 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8089 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
8092 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8096 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8099 static enum print_stop_action
8100 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
8102 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8103 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8104 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8106 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8107 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8108 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8109 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8111 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8112 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8114 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
8115 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8117 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8118 uiout
->text (" (forked process ");
8119 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8120 uiout
->text ("), ");
8121 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8124 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8128 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8130 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8131 struct value_print_options opts
;
8132 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8134 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8136 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8137 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8139 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8140 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8142 uiout
->text ("fork");
8143 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8145 uiout
->text (", process ");
8146 uiout
->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8150 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8151 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "fork");
8154 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8158 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8160 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
8163 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8167 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8169 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
8170 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8173 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
8175 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
8177 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8181 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8183 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8186 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8190 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8192 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8195 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8199 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8200 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8201 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8203 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8205 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
8208 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8212 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8215 static enum print_stop_action
8216 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
8218 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8219 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8220 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8222 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8223 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8224 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8225 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8227 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8228 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8230 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
8231 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8233 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8234 uiout
->text (" (vforked process ");
8235 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8236 uiout
->text ("), ");
8237 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8240 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8244 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8246 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8247 struct value_print_options opts
;
8248 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8250 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8251 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8252 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8254 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8255 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8257 uiout
->text ("vfork");
8258 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8260 uiout
->text (", process ");
8261 uiout
->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8265 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8266 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "vfork");
8269 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8273 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8275 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
8278 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8282 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8284 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
8285 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8288 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8290 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
8292 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8293 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8294 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8295 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8296 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8298 struct solib_catchpoint
8300 /* The base class. */
8301 struct breakpoint base
;
8303 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8304 unsigned char is_load
;
8306 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8307 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8313 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8315 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8318 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
8319 xfree (self
->regex
);
8321 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8325 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8331 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8337 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8338 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8340 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8342 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8343 struct breakpoint
*other
;
8345 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
8348 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
8350 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
8352 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
8355 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
8358 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
8361 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
8363 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8372 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8374 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8375 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8380 struct so_list
*iter
;
8383 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
8388 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8397 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
8402 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8408 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8411 static enum print_stop_action
8412 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8414 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8415 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8417 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8418 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8419 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8420 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8422 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8423 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8425 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8426 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8427 print_solib_event (1);
8428 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8432 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8434 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8435 struct value_print_options opts
;
8436 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8439 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8440 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8441 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8443 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8446 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8453 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8455 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8460 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8462 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8464 uiout
->field_string ("what", msg
);
8467 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8468 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8472 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8474 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8476 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8477 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8481 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8483 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8485 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8486 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8487 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8489 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8490 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8493 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8495 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8496 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8497 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8498 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8499 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8500 created in an enabled state. */
8503 add_solib_catchpoint (const char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8505 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
8506 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8507 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8511 arg
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
8513 c
= new solib_catchpoint ();
8514 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
8520 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
8523 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
8525 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
8526 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
8528 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8531 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8532 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8533 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8535 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8537 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
8538 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8541 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8545 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8546 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8549 const int enabled
= 1;
8551 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8553 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8557 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8558 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8560 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8564 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8565 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8567 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8570 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8571 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8572 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8573 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8576 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8577 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8578 const char *cond_string
,
8579 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8581 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8584 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8586 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8588 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8589 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8593 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8595 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8596 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8597 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8598 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8601 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8604 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8608 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8609 int tempflag
, const char *cond_string
,
8610 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8612 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= new fork_catchpoint ();
8614 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8616 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8618 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8621 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8623 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8624 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8625 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8626 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8627 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8629 struct exec_catchpoint
8631 /* The base class. */
8632 struct breakpoint base
;
8634 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8635 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8637 char *exec_pathname
;
8640 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8644 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8646 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8648 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8650 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8654 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8656 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8660 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8662 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8666 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8667 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8668 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8670 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8672 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8675 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8679 static enum print_stop_action
8680 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8682 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8683 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8684 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8686 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8687 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8688 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8689 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8691 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8692 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8694 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8695 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8697 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8698 uiout
->text (" (exec'd ");
8699 uiout
->field_string ("new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8700 uiout
->text ("), ");
8702 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8706 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8708 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8709 struct value_print_options opts
;
8710 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8712 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8714 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8715 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8716 is relatively readable). */
8717 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8718 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8720 uiout
->text ("exec");
8721 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8723 uiout
->text (", program \"");
8724 uiout
->field_string ("what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8725 uiout
->text ("\" ");
8728 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8729 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "exec");
8733 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8735 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8738 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8742 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8744 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8745 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8748 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8751 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8754 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8755 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8759 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8760 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8762 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8764 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8771 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8775 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8778 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8780 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8783 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8785 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8787 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8793 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8794 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8795 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8796 types _not_ TYPE. */
8799 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8800 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8803 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8805 *other_type_used
= 0;
8810 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8813 if (b
->type
== type
)
8814 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8815 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8816 *other_type_used
= 1;
8823 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8825 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8829 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8831 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8832 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8838 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8840 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8844 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8846 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8847 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8853 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8855 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8856 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8860 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8862 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8863 breakpoint_re_set ();
8866 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8869 static struct breakpoint
*
8870 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8872 struct breakpoint
*b
= new breakpoint ();
8874 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8875 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8877 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8878 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8881 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8883 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8888 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8889 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8893 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8894 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8896 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8898 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8900 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8902 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8903 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8904 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8905 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8907 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8908 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8910 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8911 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8913 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8918 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8919 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8920 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8922 static struct breakpoint
*
8923 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8925 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8928 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8930 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8931 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8932 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8934 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8935 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8936 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8937 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8938 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8939 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8940 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8941 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8942 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8943 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8944 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8945 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8947 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8948 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8949 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8951 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8955 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8959 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8961 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8965 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8969 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8972 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8974 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8976 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8977 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8979 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8983 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8986 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8988 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8989 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8991 printf_filtered ("\n");
8995 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
8997 static struct bp_location
*
8998 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8999 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9001 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
9002 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
9003 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9005 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
9006 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
9008 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
9009 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
9010 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
9011 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
9012 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
9013 location that's only been partially initialized. */
9014 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
9017 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
9018 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
9019 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
9020 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
9025 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
9026 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
9027 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
9028 loc
->probe
.probe
= sal
->probe
;
9029 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
9030 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
9031 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
9032 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
9033 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
9034 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
9036 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
9037 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
9039 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
9040 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
9041 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
9042 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
9043 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
9044 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
9045 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
9046 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
9047 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
9048 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
9049 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
9050 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
9052 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9059 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9062 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
9066 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
9067 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
9068 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9072 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
9074 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9078 target_mem
= (gdb_byte
*) alloca (len
);
9080 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9081 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9082 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9083 cleanup
= make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9085 if (target_read_memory (address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
9086 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
9089 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9094 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9095 return 0 otherwise. */
9098 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
9100 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9103 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
9105 /* If we have a catchpoint or a watchpoint, just return 0. We should not
9106 attempt to read from the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types
9107 point to. program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
9109 if (!breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc
->owner
))
9112 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9113 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
9115 retval
= program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
9117 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9122 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9123 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9126 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9128 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
9129 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
9134 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9136 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9138 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
9140 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9142 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
9143 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9145 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
9146 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9147 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
9149 if (!dprintf_function
)
9150 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9152 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
9153 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9158 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9162 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
9164 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9165 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9168 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9169 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9173 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9174 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9176 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
9177 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9179 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
= XNEW (struct command_line
);
9181 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
9182 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
9183 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
9184 printf_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
9185 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
9187 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, command_line_up (printf_cmd_line
));
9191 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9192 current style settings. */
9195 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
9196 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
9198 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9202 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
9203 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9207 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
9208 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
9209 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
9210 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
9213 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9214 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
9215 event_location_up
&&location
,
9216 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9218 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9219 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9220 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9221 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9222 int display_canonical
)
9226 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9228 int target_resources_ok
;
9230 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9231 target_resources_ok
=
9232 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9234 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9235 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9236 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9237 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9240 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9242 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9244 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9245 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9249 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9251 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9253 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9254 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9259 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9263 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9264 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9265 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9266 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9267 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9269 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9270 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9272 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9274 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9275 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9277 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9279 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9280 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9282 = &event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ())[3];
9286 p
= skip_spaces_const (p
);
9288 endp
= skip_to_space_const (p
);
9290 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9291 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9293 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9295 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9297 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9299 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9300 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9302 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9304 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9307 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9308 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9315 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9316 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9322 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9324 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9325 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9327 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9330 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9331 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9332 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9334 if (b
->extra_string
)
9335 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9337 error (_("Format string required"));
9339 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9340 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9343 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9344 if (location
!= NULL
)
9345 b
->location
= std::move (location
);
9347 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
9352 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9353 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
9354 event_location_up
&&location
,
9355 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9357 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9358 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9359 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9360 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9361 int display_canonical
)
9363 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9364 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9366 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9368 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9370 t
= new tracepoint ();
9374 b
= new breakpoint ();
9376 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9378 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9379 sals
, std::move (location
),
9380 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9382 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9384 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9386 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9388 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9391 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9392 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9393 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9394 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9395 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9396 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9397 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9398 we take just a single condition string.
9400 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9401 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9402 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9403 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9404 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9407 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9408 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9409 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9410 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9411 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9412 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9413 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9416 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9418 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9419 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9421 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9423 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9424 'break', without arguments. */
9425 event_location_up location
9426 = (canonical
->location
!= NULL
9427 ? copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ()) : NULL
);
9428 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9430 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9431 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9432 std::move (location
),
9434 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9436 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9437 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9438 canonical
->special_display
);
9442 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9443 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9444 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
9445 linespec locations).
9447 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9448 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9451 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location
*location
,
9452 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9454 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
9456 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9458 const char *address
= get_linespec_location (location
);
9460 if (address
== NULL
)
9462 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9463 breakpoint address. */
9464 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9466 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9467 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9470 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9471 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9473 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9474 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9475 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9476 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9477 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9478 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9480 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9482 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9483 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9484 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9485 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9486 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9488 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9490 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9491 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9492 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9494 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9498 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9502 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9503 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9504 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9505 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9507 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9508 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9509 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9510 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9512 const char *address
= NULL
;
9514 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9515 address
= get_linespec_location (location
);
9519 && strchr ("+-", address
[0]) != NULL
9520 && address
[1] != '['))
9522 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9523 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9524 get_last_displayed_line (),
9525 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9530 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9531 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9535 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9536 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9539 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9543 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9544 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9547 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9548 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9549 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9550 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9551 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9555 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9556 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9559 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9561 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9563 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9565 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9567 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9569 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9570 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9571 associated with SAL. */
9574 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
, &msg
);
9575 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9578 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
9579 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9581 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9585 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9586 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9587 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9588 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9589 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9590 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9593 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9594 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9597 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9604 const char *end_tok
;
9606 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9607 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9609 tok
= skip_spaces_const (tok
);
9611 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9613 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9617 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
9619 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9621 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9623 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9624 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9626 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9628 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9631 struct thread_info
*thr
;
9634 thr
= parse_thread_id (tok
, &tmptok
);
9636 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9637 *thread
= thr
->global_num
;
9640 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9645 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9647 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9648 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9649 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9654 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9658 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9662 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9664 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9665 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
9667 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9668 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9669 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9670 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9675 p
= skip_spaces_const (p
);
9677 endp
= skip_to_space_const (p
);
9679 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9680 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9682 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9683 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9684 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9686 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9687 sals
.sals
= XNEWVEC (struct symtab_and_line
, sals
.nelts
);
9689 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9691 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9693 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9695 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9697 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9698 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9700 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9703 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9709 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9712 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9713 const struct event_location
*location
, char *cond_string
,
9714 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9716 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9718 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9719 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9720 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9723 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9724 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9727 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9729 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9731 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9732 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9733 extra_string
= NULL
;
9737 ops
->create_sals_from_location (location
, &canonical
, type_wanted
);
9739 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9741 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9743 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9745 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9748 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9749 throw_exception (e
);
9751 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9753 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9754 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9755 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9756 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9757 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9760 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9761 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9762 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9763 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9767 throw_exception (e
);
9771 if (!pending
&& VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9774 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9775 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9776 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9777 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9778 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9780 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9781 are ok for the target. */
9785 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9787 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9788 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9791 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9792 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9795 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9797 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9798 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9801 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9802 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9809 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9811 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9813 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9814 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9815 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9816 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9818 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
9819 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9821 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9823 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9825 extra_string
= rest
;
9827 extra_string
= NULL
;
9831 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9832 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9833 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9835 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9838 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9839 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9841 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9844 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9845 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9849 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9850 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
9851 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9852 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9853 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9857 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9859 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
9861 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9863 t
= new tracepoint ();
9867 b
= new breakpoint ();
9869 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9870 b
->location
= copy_event_location (location
);
9873 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9876 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9879 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9880 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9882 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9886 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9887 if (extra_string
!= NULL
)
9889 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9890 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9892 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9893 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9894 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9895 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9896 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9897 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9898 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9899 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9901 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9904 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9906 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9907 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9908 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9911 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9913 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9915 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9916 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9921 /* Set a breakpoint.
9922 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9923 condition, and thread.
9924 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9925 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9929 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9931 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9932 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9933 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9935 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9937 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9939 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9940 if (location
!= NULL
9941 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
9942 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9944 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9946 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9948 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9949 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9950 0 /* Ignore count */,
9951 pending_break_support
,
9959 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9962 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9966 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9968 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9969 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9970 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9973 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9974 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9975 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9976 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9979 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9981 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9982 const struct block
*b
;
9985 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
9986 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
9989 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9992 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
9993 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
),
9998 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9999 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
10000 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
10001 happen in assembly source). */
10003 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym
;
10004 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
10006 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
10008 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
10010 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
10012 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10019 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10021 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10025 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10027 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
10031 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10033 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
10037 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10039 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
10043 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10045 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
10046 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10047 stop at <line>\n"));
10051 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10055 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
10057 else if (*arg
!= '*')
10059 char *argptr
= arg
;
10062 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10063 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10064 function/method name. */
10065 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10067 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10072 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10074 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
10078 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10080 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10084 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10088 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
10092 char *argptr
= arg
;
10095 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10096 it is probably a line number. */
10097 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10099 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10104 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
10106 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
10110 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10112 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10115 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10116 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10117 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10121 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10123 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
10125 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
10126 the next character must be ','. */
10129 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
10130 error (_("Format string required"));
10133 /* Skip the comma. */
10138 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10140 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10142 0 /* Ignore count */,
10143 pending_break_support
,
10144 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
10152 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10154 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10157 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10158 ranged breakpoints. */
10161 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10162 struct address_space
*aspace
,
10164 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10166 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10167 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10170 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
10171 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
10174 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10175 ranged breakpoints. */
10178 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10180 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10183 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10184 ranged breakpoints. */
10186 static enum print_stop_action
10187 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
10189 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10190 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10191 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10193 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10195 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10196 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10198 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
10200 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10202 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
10203 uiout
->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
10205 uiout
->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
10206 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10208 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
10209 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10210 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10212 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
10213 uiout
->text (", ");
10215 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10218 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10219 ranged breakpoints. */
10222 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10223 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10225 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10226 struct value_print_options opts
;
10227 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10229 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10230 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10232 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10234 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10235 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10236 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10237 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
10238 annotate_field (5);
10239 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10243 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10244 ranged breakpoints. */
10247 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10248 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10250 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10251 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10256 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10257 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10259 uiout
->text ("\taddress range: ");
10260 stb
.printf ("[%s, %s]",
10261 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10262 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10263 uiout
->field_stream ("addr", stb
);
10264 uiout
->text ("\n");
10267 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10268 ranged breakpoints. */
10271 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10273 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10274 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10277 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10279 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10282 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10283 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10284 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10287 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10288 ranged breakpoints. */
10291 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10293 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
10294 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
10295 event_location_to_string (b
->location_range_end
.get ()));
10296 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10299 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10301 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10303 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10304 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10305 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10306 last instruction of the given line. */
10309 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10313 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10314 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10315 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10322 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10324 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10326 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10333 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10336 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10338 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
;
10339 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10340 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10342 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10343 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10344 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10345 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10347 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10348 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10349 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10351 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10352 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10353 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10355 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10356 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10358 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10359 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10360 error(_("No address range specified."));
10363 event_location_up start_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
10365 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location
.get (), &canonical_start
);
10368 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10369 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10370 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10372 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10374 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10375 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10376 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10378 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10379 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10380 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10382 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10383 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10385 /* Parse the end location. */
10389 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10390 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10391 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10392 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10393 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10394 event_location_up end_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
10396 decode_line_full (end_location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
10397 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10398 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10400 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10401 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10403 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10404 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10405 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10406 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10408 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10410 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10411 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10412 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10414 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10416 /* Length overflowed. */
10417 error (_("Address range too large."));
10418 else if (length
== 1)
10420 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10421 the `hbreak' command. */
10422 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10424 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10429 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10430 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10431 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10432 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10433 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10434 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10435 b
->location
= std::move (start_location
);
10436 b
->location_range_end
= std::move (end_location
);
10437 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10439 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10442 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10443 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
10446 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10447 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10448 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10452 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10454 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10460 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10461 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10464 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10474 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10475 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10476 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10477 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10478 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10480 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10507 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10510 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10511 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10516 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10517 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10518 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10519 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10520 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10521 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10522 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10524 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10525 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10530 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10532 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10533 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10534 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10535 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10537 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10538 are always constant. */
10540 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10542 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10543 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10544 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10549 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10550 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10551 then it is not a constant. */
10560 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10563 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10565 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10567 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10568 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10569 value_free (w
->val
);
10571 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10574 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10577 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10579 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10581 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10582 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10584 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10585 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10586 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10587 are loaded and unloaded.
10589 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10590 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10591 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10592 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10593 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10594 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10596 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10597 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10598 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10599 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10601 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10602 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10604 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10605 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10606 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10609 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10612 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10614 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10615 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10617 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10618 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10621 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10624 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10626 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10627 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10629 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10630 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10634 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10635 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10636 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10638 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10639 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10641 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10642 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10643 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10644 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10645 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10646 (did not match the data address). */
10647 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10648 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10655 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10657 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10659 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10662 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10663 hardware watchpoints. */
10666 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10668 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10669 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10671 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10674 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10675 hardware watchpoints. */
10678 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10680 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10681 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10684 static enum print_stop_action
10685 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10687 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10688 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10689 enum print_stop_action result
;
10690 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10691 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10693 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10695 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10696 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10698 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
10700 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10701 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10707 case bp_watchpoint
:
10708 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10709 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10710 uiout
->field_string
10711 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10713 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10714 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10715 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, &stb
);
10716 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10717 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10718 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, &stb
);
10719 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10720 uiout
->text ("\n");
10721 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10722 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10725 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10726 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10727 uiout
->field_string
10728 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10730 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10731 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10732 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, &stb
);
10733 uiout
->field_stream ("value", stb
);
10734 uiout
->text ("\n");
10735 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10738 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10739 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10741 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10742 uiout
->field_string
10744 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10746 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10747 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10748 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, &stb
);
10749 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10750 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10755 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10756 uiout
->field_string
10758 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10759 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10760 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10762 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, &stb
);
10763 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10764 uiout
->text ("\n");
10765 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10768 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10771 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10775 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10779 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10781 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10782 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10783 const char *tuple_name
;
10787 case bp_watchpoint
:
10788 uiout
->text ("Watchpoint ");
10789 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10791 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10792 uiout
->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
10793 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10795 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10796 uiout
->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
10797 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10799 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10800 uiout
->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10801 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10804 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10805 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10808 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10809 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
10810 uiout
->text (": ");
10811 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10814 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10818 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10820 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10824 case bp_watchpoint
:
10825 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10826 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10828 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10829 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10831 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10832 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10835 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10836 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10839 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10840 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10843 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10847 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10849 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10850 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10851 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10857 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10859 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10861 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10862 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10865 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10867 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10869 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10870 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10873 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10874 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10877 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10879 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10881 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10882 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10885 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10886 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10889 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10891 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10893 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10896 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10897 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10900 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10905 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10906 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10908 static enum print_stop_action
10909 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10911 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10912 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10914 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10915 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10917 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10918 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10922 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10923 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10924 uiout
->field_string
10925 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10928 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10929 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10930 uiout
->field_string
10931 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10934 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10935 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10936 uiout
->field_string
10938 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10941 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10942 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10946 uiout
->text (_("\n\
10947 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10948 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10949 uiout
->text ("\n");
10951 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10952 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10955 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10956 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10959 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10960 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10962 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10964 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10965 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10967 uiout
->text ("\tmask ");
10968 uiout
->field_core_addr ("mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10969 uiout
->text ("\n");
10972 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10973 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10976 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10978 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10979 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10980 const char *tuple_name
;
10984 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10985 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10986 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10988 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10989 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10990 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10992 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10993 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10994 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10997 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10998 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11001 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
11002 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
11003 uiout
->text (": ");
11004 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
11007 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11008 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11011 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
11013 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11018 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11019 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
11021 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11022 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
11024 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11025 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
11028 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11029 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11032 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11033 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
11034 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
11037 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
11039 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11041 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
11044 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
11046 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11049 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11050 hw_read: watch read,
11051 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11053 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
11054 int just_location
, int internal
)
11056 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11057 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11058 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
11059 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
11060 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
11061 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
11062 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
11064 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
11065 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
11066 enum bptype bp_type
;
11069 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11070 the hardware watchpoint. */
11072 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
11073 struct watchpoint
*w
;
11075 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
11077 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11078 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
11080 const char *value_start
;
11082 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
11084 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11085 of the arguments string. */
11086 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
11088 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11089 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11092 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11093 This is the value of the parameter. */
11094 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11096 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
11098 /* Skip whitespace. */
11099 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11104 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11105 This is the parameter itself. */
11106 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11109 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
11111 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
11113 struct thread_info
*thr
;
11114 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11115 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11116 only in a specific thread. */
11120 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11122 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11123 thr
= parse_thread_id (value_start
, &endp
);
11125 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
11126 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
11127 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start
);
11129 thread
= thr
->global_num
;
11131 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
11133 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11134 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11136 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
11139 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11141 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
11143 mark
= value_mark ();
11144 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
11145 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
11146 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11149 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11152 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11153 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11160 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11161 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11163 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11164 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
11165 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
11166 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
11167 expression_up exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
11169 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11170 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11172 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
11175 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11176 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
.get ()))
11180 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
11181 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
11183 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
11186 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11187 mark
= value_mark ();
11188 fetch_subexp_value (exp
.get (), &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
, just_location
);
11190 if (val
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
11192 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val
);
11193 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val
);
11200 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11201 val
= value_addr (result
);
11202 release_value (val
);
11203 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11207 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
11210 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11211 else if (ret
== -2)
11212 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11215 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11216 release_value (val
);
11218 tok
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11219 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
11221 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11222 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11224 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11225 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11226 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11228 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11229 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11230 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11235 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11237 frame_info
*wp_frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11239 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
11241 frame_id watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (wp_frame
);
11243 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11244 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11245 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11246 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11247 if (exp_valid_block
!= NULL
&& wp_frame
!= NULL
)
11249 frame_id caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame
);
11251 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11253 gdbarch
*caller_arch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame
);
11254 CORE_ADDR caller_pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame
);
11257 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch
, caller_pc
,
11258 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11259 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11261 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
11264 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11266 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11267 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11269 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11270 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= caller_frame_id
;
11272 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11273 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
= caller_arch
;
11274 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
= caller_pc
;
11275 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11276 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11277 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11278 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11282 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11283 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11284 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11285 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11287 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11288 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11289 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11290 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11292 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11294 w
= new watchpoint ();
11297 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11298 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11300 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11301 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11302 b
->thread
= thread
;
11303 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11304 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11305 w
->exp
= std::move (exp
);
11306 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11307 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11310 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11311 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11313 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11315 std::string name
= type_to_string (t
);
11317 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
.c_str (),
11318 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11320 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11321 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11323 /* The above expression is in C. */
11324 b
->language
= language_c
;
11327 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11331 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11336 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
11337 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
11342 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11344 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11346 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame
))
11348 w
->watchpoint_frame
= watchpoint_frame
;
11349 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11353 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11354 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11357 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11359 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11360 need to act on them together. */
11361 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11362 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11365 if (!just_location
)
11366 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11370 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11371 that should be inserted. */
11372 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11374 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11376 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11377 throw_exception (e
);
11381 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11382 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11385 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11386 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11389 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11391 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11392 struct value
*head
= v
;
11394 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11395 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11398 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11399 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11400 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11401 hardware watchpoint.
11403 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11404 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11405 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11406 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11407 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11408 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11409 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11410 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11411 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11413 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11414 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11415 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11416 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11417 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11419 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11421 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11422 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11423 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11424 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11425 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11426 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11430 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11431 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11432 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11434 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11435 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11436 middle of some value chain. */
11438 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11439 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11441 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11445 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11446 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11447 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11449 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11453 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11457 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11458 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11459 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11460 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11461 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11464 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11465 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11466 return found_memory_cnt
;
11470 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11472 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11475 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11476 calls watch_command_1. */
11479 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11481 int just_location
= 0;
11484 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11485 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11487 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11491 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11495 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11497 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11501 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11503 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11507 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11509 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11513 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11515 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11519 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11521 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11525 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
11526 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
11529 struct until_break_fsm
11531 /* The base class. */
11532 struct thread_fsm thread_fsm
;
11534 /* The thread that as current when the command was executed. */
11537 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
11538 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
11540 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
11542 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
;
11545 static void until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11546 struct thread_info
*thread
);
11547 static int until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11548 struct thread_info
*thread
);
11549 static enum async_reply_reason
11550 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
);
11552 /* until_break_fsm's vtable. */
11554 static struct thread_fsm_ops until_break_fsm_ops
=
11557 until_break_fsm_clean_up
,
11558 until_break_fsm_should_stop
,
11559 NULL
, /* return_value */
11560 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason
,
11563 /* Allocate a new until_break_command_fsm. */
11565 static struct until_break_fsm
*
11566 new_until_break_fsm (struct interp
*cmd_interp
, int thread
,
11567 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
,
11568 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
)
11570 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11572 sm
= XCNEW (struct until_break_fsm
);
11573 thread_fsm_ctor (&sm
->thread_fsm
, &until_break_fsm_ops
, cmd_interp
);
11575 sm
->thread
= thread
;
11576 sm
->location_breakpoint
= location_breakpoint
;
11577 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= caller_breakpoint
;
11582 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
11583 until(location)/advance commands. */
11586 until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11587 struct thread_info
*tp
)
11589 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11591 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11592 sm
->location_breakpoint
) != NULL
11593 || (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
11594 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11595 sm
->caller_breakpoint
) != NULL
))
11596 thread_fsm_set_finished (self
);
11601 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
11602 until(location)/advance commands. */
11605 until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11606 struct thread_info
*thread
)
11608 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11610 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
11611 if (sm
->location_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11613 delete_breakpoint (sm
->location_breakpoint
);
11614 sm
->location_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11616 if (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11618 delete_breakpoint (sm
->caller_breakpoint
);
11619 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11621 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (sm
->thread
);
11624 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11625 until(location)/advance commands. */
11627 static enum async_reply_reason
11628 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
)
11630 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
11634 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11636 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11637 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11638 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11639 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11640 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11641 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11642 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
11643 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11644 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11646 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11647 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11649 clear_proceed_status (0);
11651 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11654 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
11656 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11657 sals
= decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
11658 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11659 get_last_displayed_line ());
11661 sals
= decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11662 NULL
, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11664 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11665 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11667 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11668 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11671 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11673 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11675 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11676 thread
= tp
->global_num
;
11678 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11680 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11681 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11682 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11685 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11686 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11687 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11688 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11690 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11693 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11695 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11696 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
11698 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11699 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11700 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11701 caller_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
,
11705 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (caller_breakpoint
);
11707 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11708 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11711 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11715 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11716 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11717 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11718 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11720 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11721 only at the very same frame. */
11722 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11723 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11724 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (location_breakpoint
);
11726 sm
= new_until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp
->global_num
,
11727 location_breakpoint
, caller_breakpoint
);
11728 tp
->thread_fsm
= &sm
->thread_fsm
;
11730 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11732 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
11735 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11736 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11738 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11739 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11740 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11741 if clause in the arg string. */
11744 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (const char **arg
)
11746 const char *cond_string
;
11748 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11751 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11754 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11755 condition string. */
11756 *arg
= skip_spaces_const (*arg
);
11757 cond_string
= *arg
;
11759 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11761 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11763 return cond_string
;
11766 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11767 process start/exit, etc. */
11771 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11772 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11777 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg_entry
, int from_tty
,
11778 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11780 const char *arg
= arg_entry
;
11781 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11782 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11783 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11786 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11787 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11788 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11792 arg
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11794 /* The allowed syntax is:
11796 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11798 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11799 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11801 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11802 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11804 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11805 and enable reporting of such events. */
11808 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11809 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11810 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11811 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11813 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11814 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11815 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11816 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11819 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11825 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg_entry
, int from_tty
,
11826 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11828 const char *arg
= arg_entry
;
11829 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11830 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11832 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11834 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11838 arg
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11840 /* The allowed syntax is:
11842 catch exec if <cond>
11844 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11845 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11847 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11848 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11850 c
= new exec_catchpoint ();
11851 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11852 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11853 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11855 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11859 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11860 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11861 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11863 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11870 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11872 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11874 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11875 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11876 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11877 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11878 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11879 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11880 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11881 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11882 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11883 enough for now, though. */
11886 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11888 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11889 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11890 b
->location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_string
,
11891 language_def (language_ada
));
11892 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11896 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11898 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11903 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11905 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11908 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11911 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11913 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= (const breakpoint_p
*) a
;
11914 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11915 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= (const breakpoint_p
*) b
;
11916 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11918 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11920 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11923 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11927 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11930 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11933 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11935 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11936 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11939 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11940 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11942 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11946 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11947 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11948 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11949 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11954 sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
11955 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11956 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11958 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11959 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11960 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11961 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
11962 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
11963 error (_("No source file specified."));
11965 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
11971 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11972 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11973 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11974 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11976 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11977 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11978 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11979 due to optimization, all in one block.
11981 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11982 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11983 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11984 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11985 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11986 to support that. */
11988 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11989 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11990 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11994 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
11995 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
11997 const char *sal_fullname
;
11999 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
12000 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
12001 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
12004 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
12009 1 0 <can't happen> */
12011 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
12012 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
12013 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
12015 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
12016 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12019 /* Are we going to delete b? */
12020 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
12022 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12023 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12025 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
12026 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
12027 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
12029 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
12030 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
12031 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
12032 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
12033 int line_match
= 0;
12035 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
12036 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
12037 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
12038 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
12039 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
12040 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
12041 sal_fullname
) == 0)
12044 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
12053 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
12057 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12058 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
12061 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
12063 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12066 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12067 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12068 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12069 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
12070 compare_breakpoints
);
12071 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
12072 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
12076 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
12081 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
12082 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12085 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
12086 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12088 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12091 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
12094 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
12095 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12098 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12100 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12103 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12104 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12105 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12108 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
12110 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12112 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12113 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
12114 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
12116 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
12118 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12120 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
12121 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12125 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12126 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12127 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12128 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
12129 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12130 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12133 bp_locations_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
12135 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
12136 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
12138 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12139 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
12141 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12142 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12145 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
12146 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
12147 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
12149 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12150 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
12151 return (a
->permanent
< b
->permanent
) - (a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
);
12153 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12154 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12155 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12157 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
12158 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
12159 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
12161 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
12164 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
12165 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12166 content of the bp_locations array. */
12169 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
12171 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12173 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12174 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12176 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12178 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12180 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12183 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12184 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12186 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12187 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12188 if (addr
> bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12189 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12191 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12193 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12194 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12195 if (addr
> bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12196 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12200 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12203 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12205 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12206 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12207 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
12209 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12211 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12213 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12214 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12215 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12217 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12218 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12219 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12222 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
12224 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12225 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
12227 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
12230 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
12233 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12235 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12236 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12237 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12238 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12241 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12243 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12246 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12248 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12249 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12250 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12251 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12254 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12257 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12260 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12262 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12263 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12264 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12265 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12267 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12268 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12269 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12270 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12271 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12273 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12274 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12275 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12276 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12277 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12278 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12279 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12280 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12283 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12284 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12285 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12289 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12291 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12292 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12293 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12296 address
= bl
->address
;
12297 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12299 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12300 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12301 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12303 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12304 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12307 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12308 the same program space as the location
12309 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12310 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12311 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12315 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12316 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12319 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12320 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12321 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12322 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12323 that have already been marked. */
12324 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12326 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12328 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
12331 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12332 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12333 locations are duplicate of which.
12335 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12336 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12340 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12342 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12343 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12344 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12345 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12346 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12347 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12348 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12350 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12351 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12352 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12353 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12354 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12356 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12357 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12358 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12359 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12361 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
12362 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12363 struct bp_location
**old_locations
, **old_locp
;
12364 unsigned old_locations_count
;
12366 old_locations
= bp_locations
;
12367 old_locations_count
= bp_locations_count
;
12368 bp_locations
= NULL
;
12369 bp_locations_count
= 0;
12370 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_locations
);
12372 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12373 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12374 bp_locations_count
++;
12376 bp_locations
= XNEWVEC (struct bp_location
*, bp_locations_count
);
12377 locp
= bp_locations
;
12378 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12379 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12381 qsort (bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
, sizeof (*bp_locations
),
12382 bp_locations_compare
);
12384 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
12386 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12387 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12388 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12389 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12390 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12393 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12394 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12396 locp
= bp_locations
;
12397 for (old_locp
= old_locations
;
12398 old_locp
< old_locations
+ old_locations_count
;
12401 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12402 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12404 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12405 not, we have to free it. */
12406 int found_object
= 0;
12407 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12408 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12411 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12412 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12413 while (locp
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
12414 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12418 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
12419 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12422 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12423 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12424 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12426 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12427 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12428 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12430 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12431 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12434 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12438 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12439 have to go through updates again. */
12440 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12442 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12444 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12446 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12447 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12448 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12449 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12450 at certain location is not inserted. */
12452 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12454 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12457 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12459 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12460 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12461 keep_in_target
= 1;
12465 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12466 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12467 remove its target-side condition. */
12469 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12470 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12471 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12472 this one from the target. */
12474 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12475 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12478 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
12479 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12482 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12484 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12486 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12487 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12488 supported, but the latter are. */
12489 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12491 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12492 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12495 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12496 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12498 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12499 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12501 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12502 keep_in_target
= 1;
12510 if (!keep_in_target
)
12512 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
))
12514 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12515 this location on the global list, and try to
12516 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12517 reason why we will succeed next time.
12519 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12520 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12521 only after calling us. */
12522 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12523 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12524 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12532 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
12533 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
12535 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12536 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12537 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12538 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12539 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12540 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12541 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12542 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12543 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12544 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12545 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12546 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12547 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12548 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12551 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12552 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12554 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12555 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12556 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12557 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12558 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12559 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12560 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12561 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12562 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12563 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12564 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12565 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12566 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12569 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12570 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12571 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12572 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12574 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12575 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12576 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12577 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12578 traps we can no longer explain. */
12580 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12581 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12583 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12587 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12588 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12593 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12594 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12595 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12596 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12597 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12598 are sorted first for the same address.
12600 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12601 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12603 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12604 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12605 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12606 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12607 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12609 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12611 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12614 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12615 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12616 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12617 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12618 `struct bp_location'. */
12619 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12621 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12622 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12626 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12627 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12628 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12629 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12630 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12631 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12633 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12635 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12636 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12637 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12639 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12640 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12642 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12644 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12645 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12646 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12652 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12653 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12654 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12656 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12657 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12659 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12660 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12663 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12665 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12666 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12669 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12670 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12671 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12672 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12673 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12675 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12679 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12680 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12682 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12686 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12688 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12691 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12692 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12694 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12695 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12701 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12706 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12708 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12714 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12717 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12721 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12722 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12724 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12725 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12726 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12730 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12732 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12734 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
12736 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12740 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12744 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12746 struct value_print_options opts
;
12748 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12750 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12752 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12754 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12755 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12756 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12757 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
12759 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12760 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12762 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
12764 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12765 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12770 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12771 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12777 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12779 printf_filtered (" at ");
12780 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12783 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12785 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12787 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12788 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12789 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12790 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12792 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12793 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12794 real situation somewhat. */
12795 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12796 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12801 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12803 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12805 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12810 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12813 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12815 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12818 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12823 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12827 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12829 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12830 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12831 xfree (self
->extra_string
);
12832 xfree (self
->filter
);
12835 static struct bp_location
*
12836 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12838 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12840 loc
= new struct bp_location ();
12841 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
12846 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12848 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12851 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12852 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12855 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12857 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12861 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12862 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12864 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12868 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12869 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12871 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12873 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12877 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12882 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12886 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12888 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12891 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12895 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12897 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12900 static enum print_stop_action
12901 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12903 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12907 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12908 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12914 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12916 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12920 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12922 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12926 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12927 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12928 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12929 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12931 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12935 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12936 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12938 char *extra_string
,
12939 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12940 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12942 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12943 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12944 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12945 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12947 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12951 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12952 const struct event_location
*location
,
12953 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
12954 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12956 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12959 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12962 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
12967 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12970 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12972 /* Nothing to do. */
12975 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12977 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
12978 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12979 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12980 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12981 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12982 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12983 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12984 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12985 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12986 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12988 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12989 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12990 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12991 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
,
12992 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12993 base_breakpoint_decode_location
,
12994 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
12995 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
12998 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
13001 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13003 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
13004 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
13006 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
13007 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13011 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13015 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13017 CORE_ADDR addr
= bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
;
13019 bl
->target_info
.kind
= breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
13020 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
13022 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13023 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13025 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13029 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
13031 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13032 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13034 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
, reason
);
13038 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13039 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13040 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13042 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
13043 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
13046 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
13050 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
13051 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
13052 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
13059 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13060 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13061 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13063 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
13064 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
13066 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
13067 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
13068 be set at the same address. */
13072 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
13076 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
13078 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
13083 static enum print_stop_action
13084 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13086 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13087 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
13089 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13091 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
13093 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
13094 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13096 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
13097 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
13098 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
13101 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
13102 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
13105 uiout
->text ("Temporary breakpoint ");
13107 uiout
->text ("Breakpoint ");
13108 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13110 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
13111 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
13112 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
13114 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
13115 uiout
->text (", ");
13117 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
13121 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13123 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13128 case bp_breakpoint
:
13129 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
13130 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13131 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13133 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13134 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13135 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
13136 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13138 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
13139 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
13142 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
13150 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13152 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13153 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
13154 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
13155 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
13156 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
13157 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13158 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
13159 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13160 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
13162 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13163 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
13165 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
13166 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()));
13168 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
13169 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
13170 if (tp
->loc
== NULL
&& tp
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13171 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->extra_string
);
13173 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13177 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13178 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13179 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13181 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13185 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13186 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13188 char *extra_string
,
13189 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13190 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13192 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13193 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13194 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13195 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13197 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13198 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13200 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13201 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13202 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13206 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13207 const struct event_location
*location
,
13208 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13209 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13211 decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
, sals
);
13214 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13217 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13221 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13222 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13223 case bp_overlay_event
:
13224 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13225 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13226 case bp_exception_master
:
13227 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13230 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13231 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13232 case bp_shlib_event
:
13234 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13235 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13236 case bp_thread_event
:
13242 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13244 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13246 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13247 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13248 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13249 objects (among other things). */
13250 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13251 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13257 static enum print_stop_action
13258 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13260 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13262 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13266 case bp_shlib_event
:
13267 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13268 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13269 to shlib event" message.) */
13270 print_solib_event (0);
13273 case bp_thread_event
:
13274 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13275 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13276 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13279 case bp_overlay_event
:
13280 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13281 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13284 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13285 /* These should never be enabled. */
13286 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13289 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13290 /* These should never be enabled. */
13291 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13292 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13295 case bp_exception_master
:
13296 /* These should never be enabled. */
13297 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13298 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13302 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13306 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13308 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13311 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13314 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13316 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13317 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13318 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13319 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13323 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13325 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13328 static enum print_stop_action
13329 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13331 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13335 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13337 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13340 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13342 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13343 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13346 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13348 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_global_id (self
->thread
);
13351 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13353 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13356 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13359 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13361 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13365 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13367 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13368 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13377 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
13378 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
13380 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13381 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13382 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13386 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
, reason
);
13390 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13391 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13392 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13394 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13396 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (location
, NULL
, canonical
);
13398 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
13399 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13403 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13404 const struct event_location
*location
,
13405 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13406 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13408 *sals
= parse_probes (location
, search_pspace
, NULL
);
13410 error (_("probe not found"));
13413 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13416 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13418 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13422 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13423 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13424 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13426 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13432 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13433 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13435 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13436 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13438 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13440 uiout
->text ("\tmarker id is ");
13441 uiout
->field_string ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13442 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13443 uiout
->text ("\n");
13448 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13450 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13455 case bp_tracepoint
:
13456 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13457 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13459 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13460 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13461 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13463 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13464 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13465 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13468 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13469 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13476 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13478 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13480 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13481 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13482 else if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13483 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13484 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13485 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13487 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13488 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13490 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
13491 event_location_to_string (self
->location
.get ()));
13492 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13494 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13495 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13499 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13500 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13501 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13503 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13507 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13508 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13510 char *extra_string
,
13511 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13512 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13514 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13515 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13516 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13517 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13519 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13520 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13522 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13523 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13524 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13528 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13529 const struct event_location
*location
,
13530 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13531 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13533 decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
, sals
);
13536 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13538 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13542 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
13543 (const struct event_location
*location
,
13544 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13545 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13547 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13548 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13552 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13553 const struct event_location
*location
,
13554 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13555 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13557 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13558 bkpt_probe_decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
, sals
);
13561 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13563 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13566 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13568 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13570 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
13571 gdb_assert (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
);
13573 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13574 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13575 3 - disconnect from target 1
13576 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13578 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13579 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13580 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13581 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13582 it all the time. */
13583 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13584 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13587 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13590 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13592 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s",
13593 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()),
13595 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13598 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13601 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13602 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13603 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13604 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13605 address are all handled. */
13608 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13610 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13611 struct bpstats tmp_bs
= { NULL
};
13612 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13614 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13615 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13616 condition not be evaluated. */
13619 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13620 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13621 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13622 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13623 commands here throws. */
13624 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13625 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13626 old_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs
.commands
);
13628 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13630 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13631 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13633 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
13636 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13640 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13641 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13642 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13644 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13645 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
13647 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
13649 arg
= arg_start
= get_linespec_location (location
);
13650 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
13652 str
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
13653 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
13654 canonical
->location
= new_linespec_location (&str
);
13655 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
13658 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
13659 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13663 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13664 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13666 char *extra_string
,
13667 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13668 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13670 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13671 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13672 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13673 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13676 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
,
13677 canonical
->sals
, 0);
13679 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13680 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13681 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13682 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13683 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13684 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13686 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13688 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13689 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13690 event_location_up location
;
13692 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13693 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13695 location
= copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ());
13697 tp
= new tracepoint ();
13698 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13699 std::move (location
), NULL
,
13700 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13701 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13702 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13703 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13704 canonical
->special_display
);
13705 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13706 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13707 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13708 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13709 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13710 corresponds to this one */
13711 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13713 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13718 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13719 const struct event_location
*location
,
13720 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13721 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13723 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13724 const char *s
= get_linespec_location (location
);
13726 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
13727 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13729 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13733 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13736 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13739 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13741 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13744 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13748 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13750 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13752 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13754 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13755 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13758 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13759 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13760 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13761 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13762 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13765 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13766 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13767 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13768 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13770 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13773 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13774 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13775 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13777 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13778 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13780 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13781 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13782 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13783 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13787 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13789 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13790 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13791 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13792 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13793 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13796 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13797 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13798 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13799 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13801 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13803 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13804 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13806 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13807 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13809 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13813 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13815 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13816 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13817 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13818 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13819 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13820 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13821 commands won't work. */
13823 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13825 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13826 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13827 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13828 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13829 might be better design to have location completely
13830 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13831 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13833 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
13834 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13835 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13836 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13841 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13843 delete_breakpoint ((struct breakpoint
*) b
);
13847 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13849 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13852 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13853 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13856 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13857 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13861 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13866 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13868 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13869 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13871 if (next
== related
)
13873 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13874 function (related
, data
);
13876 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13877 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13882 function (related
, data
);
13886 while (related
!= b
);
13890 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13892 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13895 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13896 delete_breakpoint. */
13899 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13901 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13905 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13907 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13913 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13915 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13916 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13917 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13918 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13919 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13921 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13925 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13927 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13929 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13930 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13931 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13935 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13938 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
13939 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
13943 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13945 struct bp_location
*loc
;
13947 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13948 if ((pspace
== NULL
13949 || loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
13950 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
13951 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13956 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13957 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13958 Null names are ignored. */
13961 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13963 struct bp_location
*l
;
13964 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
13965 (int (*) (const void *,
13966 const void *)) streq
,
13967 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
13969 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13972 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13974 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13978 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13980 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13984 htab_delete (htab
);
13990 htab_delete (htab
);
13994 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13995 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13996 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13997 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13998 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13999 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
14000 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
14001 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
14004 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
14005 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
14006 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
14007 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
14008 in the sources, and output a warning.
14010 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
14011 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
14012 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
14013 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
14014 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
14017 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
14018 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
14019 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
14020 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
14021 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
14022 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
14023 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
14024 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
14025 precisely because it confuses tools). */
14027 static struct symtab_and_line
14028 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
14030 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14031 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
14036 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
14038 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
14040 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
14041 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
14043 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
14045 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14046 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
14047 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
14052 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
14054 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
14056 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
14057 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
14059 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
14062 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14064 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
14066 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
14067 struct symbol
*sym
;
14068 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
14069 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14070 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
14072 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
14074 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14075 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
14077 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14078 "found at previous line number"),
14079 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14083 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
14085 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
14086 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
14087 uiout
->text ("Now in ");
14090 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
14091 uiout
->text (" at ");
14093 uiout
->field_string ("file",
14094 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
14097 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
14099 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
14101 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", fullname
);
14104 uiout
->field_int ("line", sal2
.line
);
14105 uiout
->text ("\n");
14107 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
14108 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
14110 b
->location
.reset (NULL
);
14111 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
14112 explicit_loc
.source_filename
14113 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
14114 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
14115 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
14116 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
14118 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14121 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
14127 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14128 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14131 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
14135 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
14138 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
14141 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
14148 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
14154 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
14155 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
14156 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
14158 static struct bp_location
*
14159 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
14161 struct bp_location head
;
14162 struct bp_location
*i
= b
->loc
;
14163 struct bp_location
**i_link
= &b
->loc
;
14164 struct bp_location
*hoisted
= &head
;
14166 if (pspace
== NULL
)
14177 if (i
->pspace
== pspace
)
14192 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
14193 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
14194 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
14195 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
14199 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14200 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
,
14201 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
14202 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
14205 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
;
14207 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
14209 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14211 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14212 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14213 "multiple locations found\n"),
14218 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14219 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14220 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14221 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14222 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14223 individual locations. */
14224 if (all_locations_are_pending (b
, filter_pspace
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
14227 existing_locations
= hoist_existing_locations (b
, filter_pspace
);
14229 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14231 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
14233 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
14235 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
14237 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14239 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
14243 s
= b
->cond_string
;
14246 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
14247 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
14250 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14252 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14253 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14254 b
->number
, e
.message
);
14255 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14260 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
14262 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
14264 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14268 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14271 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14272 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14273 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14274 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14275 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14276 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14277 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14279 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14281 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14283 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14284 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14286 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14287 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14295 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14296 if (l
->function_name
14297 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14307 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14308 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14311 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
14312 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14314 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14315 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
14316 struct program_space
*search_pspace
, int *found
)
14318 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14319 struct gdb_exception exception
= exception_none
;
14321 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14325 b
->ops
->decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
, &sals
);
14327 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14329 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14333 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14334 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14335 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14336 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14337 state, then user already saw the message about that
14338 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14340 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14341 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14343 && search_pspace
!= NULL
14344 && b
->loc
->pspace
!= search_pspace
)
14345 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14346 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14347 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14348 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14350 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14352 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14353 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14354 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14355 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14356 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14357 which approach is better. */
14358 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14359 throw_exception (e
);
14364 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14368 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14369 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14370 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
14372 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14375 find_condition_and_thread (b
->extra_string
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14376 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14378 gdb_assert (b
->cond_string
== NULL
);
14380 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14381 b
->thread
= thread
;
14385 xfree (b
->extra_string
);
14386 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14388 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14391 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14392 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14402 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14403 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14407 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14410 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14411 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14412 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14413 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
= current_program_space
;
14415 sals
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location
.get (), filter_pspace
, &found
);
14418 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14422 if (b
->location_range_end
!= NULL
)
14424 sals_end
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location_range_end
.get (),
14425 filter_pspace
, &found
);
14428 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14429 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14433 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, filter_pspace
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14436 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14437 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14440 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
14441 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14442 enum bptype type_wanted
)
14444 parse_breakpoint_sals (location
, canonical
);
14447 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14448 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14452 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14453 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14455 char *extra_string
,
14456 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14457 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14459 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14460 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14461 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14462 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14464 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14466 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14467 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14468 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14471 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14472 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14475 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14476 const struct event_location
*location
,
14477 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
14478 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14480 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14482 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, search_pspace
,
14483 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14484 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14487 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14488 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14490 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14492 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14494 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14495 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14496 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14498 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14502 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14504 static struct cleanup
*
14505 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14507 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14508 set_language (b
->language
);
14510 return make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
14513 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14514 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14515 Unused in this case. */
14518 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14520 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14521 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14522 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14524 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14525 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14526 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14530 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
14531 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
14534 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14536 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14537 enum language save_language
;
14538 int save_input_radix
;
14539 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14541 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14542 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14543 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14545 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
14546 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
14547 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
14548 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
14550 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14552 /* Format possible error msg. */
14553 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14555 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14556 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14557 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14559 set_language (save_language
);
14560 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14562 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14564 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14566 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14567 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14568 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14569 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14571 /* Now we can insert. */
14572 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14575 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14577 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14578 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14580 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14582 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14584 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14585 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14587 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14588 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14589 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14591 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14595 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14596 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14597 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14600 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14602 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14607 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14608 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14610 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14612 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14613 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14618 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14622 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14623 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14625 else if (count
== 1)
14626 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14629 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14630 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14633 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14637 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14640 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14643 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14649 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14651 num
= get_number (&p
);
14653 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14655 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14657 set_ignore_count (num
,
14658 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14661 printf_filtered ("\n");
14664 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14665 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14668 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args
,
14669 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14674 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14676 if (args
== 0 || *args
== '\0')
14677 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14679 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14681 while (!parser
.finished ())
14683 const char *p
= parser
.cur_tok ();
14684 bool match
= false;
14686 num
= parser
.get_number ();
14689 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14693 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14694 if (b
->number
== num
)
14697 function (b
, data
);
14701 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14706 static struct bp_location
*
14707 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14709 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14713 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14714 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14719 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14721 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14723 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14724 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14729 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14730 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14733 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14735 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14739 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14742 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14748 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14749 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14750 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14753 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14755 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14756 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14757 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14758 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14761 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14763 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14764 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14766 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14767 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14769 struct bp_location
*location
;
14771 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14772 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14775 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14777 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14780 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14783 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14785 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14788 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14789 disable_breakpoint. */
14792 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14794 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14798 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14802 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14804 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14805 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14806 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14810 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14814 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14816 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14823 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14825 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14826 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14827 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14828 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14830 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14833 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14834 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14840 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14843 int target_resources_ok
;
14845 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14848 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14849 target_resources_ok
=
14850 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14852 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14853 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14854 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14855 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14858 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14860 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14861 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14865 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14867 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14868 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14869 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14871 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14873 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14874 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14881 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14883 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14884 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14886 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14887 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14889 struct bp_location
*location
;
14891 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14892 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14895 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14896 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14897 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14899 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14904 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14906 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14910 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14912 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14915 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14916 enable_breakpoint. */
14919 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14921 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14924 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14925 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14926 in stopping the inferior. */
14929 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14933 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14935 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14936 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14937 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14941 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14945 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14947 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14954 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14956 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14957 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14958 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14959 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14961 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14964 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14965 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14970 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14980 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14982 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
14984 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
14988 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14990 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
14992 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14996 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14998 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15002 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
15004 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
15006 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15010 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15015 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
15017 count
= get_number (&args
);
15019 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
15023 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
15025 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
15027 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15031 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15033 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15037 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15042 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15046 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
15047 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
15051 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
15052 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
15053 const bfd_byte
*data
)
15055 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
15057 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
15058 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
15059 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
15061 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
15063 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
15065 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15067 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
15068 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
15069 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
15070 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
15072 value_free (wp
->val
);
15080 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15083 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
15084 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15087 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
15088 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
15089 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
15091 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
15093 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
15094 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->global_num
, gdbarch
);
15097 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
15099 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
15100 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
15101 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
15103 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
15106 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
15109 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
15111 struct regcache
*regcache
= get_current_regcache ();
15112 VEC (CORE_ADDR
) * next_pcs
;
15114 next_pcs
= gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch
, regcache
);
15116 if (next_pcs
!= NULL
)
15120 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
15121 struct address_space
*aspace
= get_frame_address_space (frame
);
15123 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (CORE_ADDR
, next_pcs
, i
, pc
); i
++)
15124 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, pc
);
15126 VEC_free (CORE_ADDR
, next_pcs
);
15134 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15137 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
15138 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15141 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15143 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
15145 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
15151 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15155 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
15158 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
15160 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
15162 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
15163 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
15169 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15171 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15173 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
15175 tracepoint_count
= num
;
15176 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
15180 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15182 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15184 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
15186 if (location
!= NULL
15187 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
15188 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15190 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15192 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15194 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15196 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15197 0 /* Ignore count */,
15198 pending_break_support
,
15202 0 /* internal */, 0);
15206 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15208 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
15210 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15212 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15214 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15215 0 /* Ignore count */,
15216 pending_break_support
,
15217 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15220 0 /* internal */, 0);
15223 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15226 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15228 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15229 event_location_up location
;
15230 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
15232 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15233 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15234 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
15236 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15237 location
= new_linespec_location (&arg
);
15241 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15242 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
15245 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15247 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15249 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15250 0 /* Ignore count */,
15251 pending_break_support
,
15255 0 /* internal */, 0);
15258 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15259 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15261 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15262 static int next_cmd
;
15265 read_uploaded_action (void)
15269 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15276 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15277 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15278 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15279 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15280 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15282 struct tracepoint
*
15283 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15285 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15286 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15288 if (utp
->at_string
)
15289 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15292 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15293 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15294 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15296 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15297 "source location, using raw address"),
15299 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15300 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15303 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15304 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15305 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15306 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15309 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_str
,
15311 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15313 utp
->cond_string
, -1, addr_str
,
15314 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15316 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15317 0 /* Ignore count */,
15318 pending_break_support
,
15319 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15321 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15323 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15326 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15327 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15328 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15332 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15335 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15338 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15339 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15340 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15342 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15344 command_line_up cmd_list
;
15349 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15351 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, std::move (cmd_list
));
15353 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15354 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15355 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15356 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15359 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15360 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15361 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15366 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15370 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15372 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15375 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15377 if (num_printed
== 0)
15379 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15380 uiout
->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
15382 uiout
->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15385 default_collect_info ();
15388 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15389 Not supported by all targets. */
15391 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15393 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15396 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15397 Not supported by all targets. */
15399 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15401 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15404 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15406 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15408 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15414 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15416 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15417 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15418 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15420 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15421 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15423 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15427 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15429 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15431 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15432 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15433 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15437 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15440 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15443 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15445 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15446 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15448 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15449 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15452 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15454 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15455 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15456 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15459 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15461 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15462 unsigned int count
;
15464 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15465 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15466 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15468 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15470 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15471 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15473 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15475 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15477 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15479 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15481 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15482 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15485 else if (*args
== '\0')
15487 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
15489 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15493 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
15494 while (!parser
.finished ())
15496 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &parser
);
15498 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15503 struct tracepoint
*
15504 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15506 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15508 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15509 if (t
->number
== num
)
15510 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15515 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15516 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15519 struct tracepoint
*
15520 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15522 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15524 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15526 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15528 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15535 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15536 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15537 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15538 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15540 struct tracepoint
*
15541 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15542 number_or_range_parser
*parser
)
15544 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15546 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15548 if (parser
!= NULL
)
15550 gdb_assert (!parser
->finished ());
15551 tpnum
= parser
->get_number ();
15553 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15554 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15556 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15560 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15561 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15564 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15568 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15569 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15571 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15574 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15579 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15581 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15582 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15585 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15587 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15590 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15591 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15592 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15596 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15597 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15599 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15601 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15602 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15604 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15605 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15607 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15608 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15610 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15611 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15614 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15615 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15620 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15622 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15624 /* We can stop searching. */
15631 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15635 filename
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15636 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, filename
);
15640 if (!fp
.open (filename
, "w"))
15641 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15642 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15644 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15645 save_trace_state_variables (&fp
);
15647 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15649 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15650 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15653 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15654 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15657 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, &fp
);
15659 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15660 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15663 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15664 fp
.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15666 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15667 fp
.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15669 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15671 fp
.puts (" commands\n");
15673 current_uiout
->redirect (&fp
);
15676 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15678 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15680 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15681 throw_exception (ex
);
15685 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15686 fp
.puts (" end\n");
15689 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15690 fp
.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
15692 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15693 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15694 special, and not user visible. */
15695 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15697 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15700 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15702 fp
.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15706 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15707 fp
.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15710 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15711 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15714 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15717 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15719 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15722 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15725 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15727 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15730 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15732 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15733 all_tracepoints (void)
15735 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15736 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15738 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15740 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15747 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15748 locations used by several commands. */
15750 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15751 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15752 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15753 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15754 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15755 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15757 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15758 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15759 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15761 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15762 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15763 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15764 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15765 -function fact -label the_top\".\n"
15767 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15768 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15769 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15772 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15773 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15774 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15775 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15776 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15777 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15778 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15781 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15782 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15784 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15785 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15786 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15787 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15788 conditions are different.\n\
15790 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15792 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15793 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15795 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15796 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15799 add_catch_command (const char *name
, const char *docstring
,
15800 cmd_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15801 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15802 void *user_data_catch
,
15803 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15805 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15807 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15809 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15810 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15811 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15813 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15815 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15816 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15817 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15821 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15823 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15824 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15825 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
15828 struct breakpoint
*
15829 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15832 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15834 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15836 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15843 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15844 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15847 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15849 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15850 non-inline function. */
15851 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15857 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15858 have been inlined. */
15861 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15862 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15864 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15865 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15867 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15869 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15872 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15874 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15875 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15883 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15886 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15888 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15890 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15891 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
15892 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15896 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15898 static int initialized
= 0;
15900 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15906 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15907 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15908 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15909 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15910 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15911 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15912 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15913 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15914 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15915 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_create_sals_from_location
;
15916 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15917 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_decode_location
;
15919 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15920 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15921 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15922 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15923 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15924 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15925 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15926 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15928 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15929 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15930 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15931 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15932 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15933 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15934 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15935 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15936 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15937 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15939 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15940 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15941 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15942 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15943 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15944 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15945 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15947 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15948 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15949 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15950 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15951 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15952 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15953 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15955 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15956 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
15957 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15958 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
15960 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15961 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15962 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15963 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15964 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15965 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15966 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_probe_decode_location
;
15969 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15970 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15971 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
15972 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15973 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15974 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15975 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15976 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15977 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15978 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15979 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15980 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15981 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15982 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15984 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15985 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15986 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15987 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15988 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15989 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15990 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15991 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15992 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15993 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15994 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15997 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15998 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15999 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
16000 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
16001 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
16002 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
16003 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
16004 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_location
;
16005 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16006 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_decode_location
;
16008 /* Probe tracepoints. */
16009 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
16010 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16011 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
16012 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_probe_decode_location
;
16014 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
16015 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
16016 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16017 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_location
;
16018 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16019 ops
->decode_location
= strace_marker_decode_location
;
16021 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16022 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
16023 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16024 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
16025 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
16026 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
16027 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
16028 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
16029 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
16030 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
16032 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16033 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
16034 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16035 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
16036 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
16037 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
16038 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
16039 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
16040 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
16041 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
16043 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16044 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
16045 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16046 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
16047 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
16048 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
16049 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
16050 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
16051 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
16052 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
16053 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
16055 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16056 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
16057 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16058 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
16059 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
16060 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
16061 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
16062 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
16063 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
16064 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
16065 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
16066 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
16068 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
16069 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16070 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
16071 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
16072 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
16073 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
16074 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
16075 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
16076 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
16079 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16081 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
16084 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16086 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
16088 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16090 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
16091 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
16092 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
16094 breakpoint_objfile_key
16095 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
16097 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
16098 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16099 before a breakpoint is set. */
16100 breakpoint_count
= 0;
16102 tracepoint_count
= 0;
16104 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
16105 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16106 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16108 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
16109 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
16110 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16111 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
16113 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16114 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16115 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16116 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16117 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16119 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
16120 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16121 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16122 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16123 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
16125 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
16126 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16127 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16128 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16129 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16131 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16132 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16134 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
16135 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16136 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16137 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16139 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16140 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16142 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
16143 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16144 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16145 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16147 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16148 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16150 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16151 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16152 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16153 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16154 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16155 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16156 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16158 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16160 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16161 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16162 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16163 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16164 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16165 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
16167 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16168 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16169 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16172 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16173 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16174 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16177 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16178 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16179 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16180 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16183 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16184 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16185 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16188 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16189 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16190 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16193 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16194 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16195 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16196 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16199 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16200 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16201 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16202 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16203 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16204 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16205 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16206 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16208 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16209 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16210 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16211 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16212 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16213 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16216 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16217 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16218 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16219 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16221 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16222 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16223 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16224 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16225 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16227 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16228 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16229 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16230 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16231 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16234 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16235 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
16236 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
16238 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16239 is executing in.\n"
16240 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
16241 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16242 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16244 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16245 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
16246 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16247 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16249 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16250 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16251 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16252 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16256 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16257 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16258 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16259 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16260 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16261 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16262 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16263 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16264 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16265 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16266 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16267 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16268 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16269 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16270 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16271 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16273 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16274 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16275 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16276 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16277 breakpoint set."));
16280 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16281 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16282 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16283 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16284 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16285 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16286 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16287 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16288 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16290 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16291 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16292 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16293 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16294 breakpoint set."));
16296 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16298 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16299 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16300 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16301 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16302 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16303 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16304 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16305 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16306 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16307 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16308 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16309 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16310 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16312 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16313 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16314 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16315 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16317 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16319 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16320 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16321 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16322 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16324 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16325 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16326 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16327 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16329 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16330 catch_fork_command_1
,
16332 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16333 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16334 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16335 catch_fork_command_1
,
16337 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16338 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16339 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16340 catch_exec_command_1
,
16344 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16345 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16346 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16347 catch_load_command_1
,
16351 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16352 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16353 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16354 catch_unload_command_1
,
16359 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16360 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16361 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16362 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16363 an expression changes.\n\
16364 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16365 the memory to which it refers."));
16366 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16368 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16369 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16370 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16371 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16372 an expression is read.\n\
16373 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16374 the memory to which it refers."));
16375 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16377 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16378 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16379 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16380 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16381 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16382 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16383 the memory to which it refers."));
16384 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16386 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16387 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16389 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16390 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16391 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16392 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16393 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16394 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16395 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16396 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16397 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16400 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16401 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16403 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16405 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16407 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16408 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16410 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16411 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16412 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16414 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16415 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16416 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16417 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16419 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16420 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16422 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16423 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16424 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16426 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16427 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
16429 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16430 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
16431 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
16432 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
16433 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
16434 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16435 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16436 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16437 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16439 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16440 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
16441 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16442 conditions are different.\n\
16444 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16445 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16446 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16448 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16449 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16450 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16451 last tracepoint set."));
16453 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16455 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16456 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16457 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16458 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16460 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16462 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16463 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16464 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16465 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16467 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16469 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16470 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16471 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16472 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16474 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16476 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16477 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16478 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16479 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16480 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16482 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16483 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16484 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16485 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16487 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16488 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16489 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16490 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16491 session to restore them."),
16493 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16495 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16496 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16497 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16499 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16501 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16502 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16504 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16505 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16506 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16507 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16508 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16509 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16510 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16511 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16512 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16513 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16514 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16515 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16517 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16518 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16519 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16520 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16521 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16522 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16523 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16524 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16526 show_pending_break_support
,
16527 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16528 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16530 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16532 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16533 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16534 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16535 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16536 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16537 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16538 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16540 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16541 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16542 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16544 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16545 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16546 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16547 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16548 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
16549 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16550 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16551 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16552 when execution stops."),
16554 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16555 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16556 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16558 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16559 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16560 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16561 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16562 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16563 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16564 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16565 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16566 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16567 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16568 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16569 be set to \"gdb\""),
16570 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16571 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16572 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16573 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16575 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16576 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16577 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16578 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16579 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16580 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16581 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16582 or the start of the range\n\
16583 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16584 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16585 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16587 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16588 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16589 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16591 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16592 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
16593 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16594 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
16595 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
));
16596 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16598 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16599 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16600 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16601 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16602 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16603 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16604 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16605 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16606 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16607 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16608 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16609 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16611 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16612 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16613 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16614 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16615 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16616 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16617 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16619 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16620 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16621 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16622 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16623 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16624 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16625 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16627 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16628 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16629 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16630 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16631 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16632 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16635 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16637 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16638 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16639 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16641 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16643 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16644 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);